WO2022213458A1 - 一种声学输出装置 - Google Patents

一种声学输出装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022213458A1
WO2022213458A1 PCT/CN2021/095546 CN2021095546W WO2022213458A1 WO 2022213458 A1 WO2022213458 A1 WO 2022213458A1 CN 2021095546 W CN2021095546 W CN 2021095546W WO 2022213458 A1 WO2022213458 A1 WO 2022213458A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sound
output device
acoustic
hole
acoustic output
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2021/095546
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
张磊
王真
王力维
童珮耕
廖风云
齐心
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Shenzhen Shokz Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Shenzhen Shokz Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Shenzhen Shokz Co Ltd filed Critical Shenzhen Shokz Co Ltd
Priority to JP2023545345A priority Critical patent/JP7623509B2/ja
Priority to KR1020237022666A priority patent/KR20230117405A/ko
Priority to EP21935679.7A priority patent/EP4228282A4/en
Priority to BR112023009993A priority patent/BR112023009993A2/pt
Priority to CN202180071072.3A priority patent/CN116530097A/zh
Publication of WO2022213458A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022213458A1/zh
Priority to US18/313,354 priority patent/US20230276166A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R9/00—Transducers of moving-coil, moving-strip, or moving-wire type
    • H04R9/06—Loudspeakers
    • H04R9/066—Loudspeakers using the principle of inertia
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1008—Earpieces of the supra-aural or circum-aural type
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/28—Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means
    • H04R1/2807—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements
    • H04R1/2815—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements of the bass reflex type
    • H04R1/2823—Vents, i.e. ports, e.g. shape thereof or tuning thereof with damping material
    • H04R1/2826—Vents, i.e. ports, e.g. shape thereof or tuning thereof with damping material for loudspeaker transducers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/28—Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means
    • H04R1/2807—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements
    • H04R1/2838—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements of the bandpass type
    • H04R1/2846—Vents, i.e. ports, e.g. shape thereof or tuning thereof with damping material
    • H04R1/2849—Vents, i.e. ports, e.g. shape thereof or tuning thereof with damping material for loudspeaker transducers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/32—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only
    • H04R1/34—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by using a single transducer with sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means
    • H04R1/345—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by using a single transducer with sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means for loudspeakers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/32—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only
    • H04R1/40—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by combining a number of identical transducers
    • H04R1/406—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by combining a number of identical transducers microphones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R23/00—Transducers other than those covered by groups H04R9/00 - H04R21/00
    • H04R23/02—Transducers using more than one principle simultaneously
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R25/00—Electric hearing aids
    • H04R25/60—Mounting or interconnection of hearing aid parts, e.g. inside tips, housings or to ossicles
    • H04R25/604—Mounting or interconnection of hearing aid parts, e.g. inside tips, housings or to ossicles of acoustic or vibrational transducers
    • H04R25/606—Mounting or interconnection of hearing aid parts, e.g. inside tips, housings or to ossicles of acoustic or vibrational transducers acting directly on the eardrum, the ossicles or the skull, e.g. mastoid, tooth, maxillary or mandibular bone, or mechanically stimulating the cochlea, e.g. at the oval window
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R31/00—Apparatus or processes specially adapted for the manufacture of transducers or diaphragms therefor
    • H04R31/003—Apparatus or processes specially adapted for the manufacture of transducers or diaphragms therefor for diaphragms or their outer suspension
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R7/00—Diaphragms for electromechanical transducers; Cones
    • H04R7/02—Diaphragms for electromechanical transducers; Cones characterised by the construction
    • H04R7/12—Non-planar diaphragms or cones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R9/00—Transducers of moving-coil, moving-strip, or moving-wire type
    • H04R9/02—Details
    • H04R9/025—Magnetic circuit
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R9/00—Transducers of moving-coil, moving-strip, or moving-wire type
    • H04R9/02—Details
    • H04R9/04—Construction, mounting, or centering of coil
    • H04R9/045—Mounting
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R9/00—Transducers of moving-coil, moving-strip, or moving-wire type
    • H04R9/06—Loudspeakers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/02—Casings; Cabinets ; Supports therefor; Mountings therein
    • H04R1/023—Screens for loudspeakers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1016—Earpieces of the intra-aural type
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1041—Mechanical or electronic switches, or control elements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1058—Manufacture or assembly
    • H04R1/1075—Mountings of transducers in earphones or headphones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1083—Reduction of ambient noise
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/28—Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means
    • H04R1/2807—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements
    • H04R1/2811—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements for loudspeaker transducers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2400/00—Loudspeakers
    • H04R2400/03—Transducers capable of generating both sound as well as tactile vibration, e.g. as used in cellular phones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2460/00—Details of hearing devices, i.e. of ear- or headphones covered by H04R1/10 or H04R5/033 but not provided for in any of their subgroups, or of hearing aids covered by H04R25/00 but not provided for in any of its subgroups
    • H04R2460/11—Aspects relating to vents, e.g. shape, orientation, acoustic properties in ear tips of hearing devices to prevent occlusion
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2460/00—Details of hearing devices, i.e. of ear- or headphones covered by H04R1/10 or H04R5/033 but not provided for in any of their subgroups, or of hearing aids covered by H04R25/00 but not provided for in any of its subgroups
    • H04R2460/13—Hearing devices using bone conduction transducers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R5/00—Stereophonic arrangements
    • H04R5/033—Headphones for stereophonic communication
    • H04R5/0335—Earpiece support, e.g. headbands or neckrests

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of acoustic output, and in particular, to an acoustic output device.
  • acoustic output devices eg, bone conduction speakers
  • bone conduction speakers have some sound leakage in the mid-low frequency range.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides an acoustic output device, including: a bone conduction acoustic component for generating bone conduction sound waves; an air conduction acoustic component for generating air conduction sound waves; a casing for accommodating the bone conduction acoustic component and At least part of the components in the air conduction acoustic assembly, the casing includes a first chamber and a second chamber, the first chamber is used for accommodating at least a part of the bone conduction acoustic assembly, the casing is arranged with The sound outlet communicated with the second chamber, the air conduction sound wave is transmitted to the outside of the acoustic output device through the sound outlet hole; the frequency response curve of the air conduction sound wave has one or more resonance peaks, so The peak resonant frequency of the resonant peak is greater than or equal to 1 kHz.
  • the air conduction acoustic assembly includes at least one diaphragm, the at least one diaphragm is connected to the bone conduction acoustic assembly or the housing, and the air conduction acoustic wave may be based on the at least one vibration diaphragm. Vibration of the membrane or the housing.
  • the at least one diaphragm divides the chamber of the housing into the first chamber and the second chamber.
  • the housing is further provided with at least one pressure relief hole communicating with the first chamber.
  • the at least one pressure relief hole includes a first pressure relief hole and a second pressure relief hole, the first pressure relief hole is disposed farther from the sound outlet than the second pressure relief hole , the effective area of the outlet end of the first pressure relief hole is larger than the effective area of the outlet end of the second pressure relief hole.
  • the sound outlet hole and the first pressure relief hole are located on opposite sides of the bone conduction acoustic component.
  • the housing includes first and second side walls on opposite sides of the bone conduction acoustic assembly and connecting the first and second side walls and spaced from each other
  • the third side wall and the fourth side wall, the sound outlet hole and the first pressure relief hole are respectively provided on the first side wall and the second side wall, and the second pressure relief hole is provided on the the third side wall or the fourth side wall.
  • the at least one pressure relief hole further includes a third pressure relief hole, the effective area of the outlet end of the second pressure relief hole is larger than the effective area of the outlet end of the third pressure relief hole, and the first pressure relief hole has an effective area.
  • the second pressure relief hole and the third pressure relief hole are respectively provided on the third side wall and the fourth side wall.
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the first pressure relief hole is larger than the actual area of the outlet end of the second pressure relief hole, and the actual area of the outlet end of the second pressure relief hole is larger than that of the third relief hole The actual area of the outlet end of the orifice.
  • the housing is further provided with at least one sound-tuning hole communicating with the second chamber, and the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak when the at least one sound-tuning hole is in an open state is compared with The peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak when the at least one sound-tuning hole is in a closed state is shifted to a high frequency.
  • the offset to high frequency offset is greater than or equal to 500 Hz.
  • the offset to high frequency offset is greater than or equal to 1 kHz.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak when the at least one sound-tuning hole is in an open state is greater than or equal to 2 kHz.
  • the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the sound-tuning holes is greater than or equal to 1.5 mm 2 .
  • the core housing includes a first side wall and a second side wall on opposite sides of the bone conduction acoustic assembly, and the at least one sound adjustment hole includes a first sound adjustment hole, so The sound hole and the first sound adjustment hole are respectively provided on the first side wall and the second side wall.
  • the housing further includes a third side wall and a fourth side wall that connect the first side wall and the second side wall and are spaced apart from each other, and the at least one sound-tuning hole further includes a first side wall and a fourth side wall.
  • the second sound hole is arranged on the third side wall or the fourth side wall.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the first sound adjustment hole is larger than the effective area of the outlet end of the second sound adjustment hole.
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the first sound adjustment hole is larger than the actual area of the outlet end of the second sound adjustment hole.
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the first sound adjustment hole is greater than or equal to 3.8 mm 2 ; and/or the actual area of the outlet end of the second sound adjustment hole is greater than or equal to 2.8 mm 2 .
  • the outlet ends of the first sound adjusting hole and the second sound adjusting hole are respectively covered with acoustic resistance nets, and the porosity of the sound resistance nets is less than or equal to 16%.
  • the housing is provided with at least one pressure relief hole communicating with the first chamber, and at least part of the sound adjustment hole is disposed adjacent to and adjacent to at least part of the at least one pressure relief hole The distance between the sound adjustment hole and the pressure relief hole is less than or equal to 2mm.
  • the effective area of the outlet ends of the pressure relief holes of the adjacently arranged pressure relief holes and the sound adjustment holes is larger than that of the adjacent pressure relief holes and the sound adjustment holes. The effective area of the outlet end of the sound hole.
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the pressure relief holes in the adjacently arranged pressure relief holes and the sound adjustment holes is larger than the adjacently arranged pressure relief holes and the sound adjustment holes
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the sound hole; and/or, the outlet ends of the adjacently arranged pressure relief holes and sound adjustment holes are respectively covered with a first sound resistance net and a second sound resistance net, the first sound resistance net
  • the porosity of the mesh is greater than the porosity of the second acoustically resistive mesh.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole in the adjacently arranged pressure relief holes and the sound adjustment holes is the same as that in the adjacent pressure relief holes and the sound adjustment holes.
  • the ratio between the effective areas of the outlet ends of the acoustic holes is less than or equal to 2.
  • the frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound output to the outside of the acoustic output device through the at least one pressure relief hole has a first resonance peak
  • the air-conducted sound output to the outside of the acoustic output device through the sound adjustment hole The frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound has a second resonance peak, and the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak and the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak are respectively greater than or equal to 2 kHz.
  • the ratio of the difference between the peak resonant frequency of the first resonant peak and the peak resonant frequency of the second resonant peak to the peak resonant frequency of the first resonant peak is less than or equal to 60%.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak and the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak are respectively greater than or equal to 3.5 kHz.
  • the difference between the peak resonant frequency of the first resonant peak and the peak resonant frequency of the second resonant peak is less than or equal to 2 kHz.
  • it further includes a sound guide member connected to the housing, the sound guide member is provided with a sound guide channel, the sound guide channel is communicated with the sound outlet hole, and is used to send the sound guide to the acoustic device.
  • the outside guides the air to conduct sound waves.
  • the length of the acoustic channel is between 2mm and 5mm.
  • the cross-sectional area of the acoustic channel is greater than or equal to 4.8 mm 2 .
  • the cross-sectional area of the sound-guiding channel gradually increases along the transmission direction of the air-conducting acoustic wave.
  • the cross-sectional area of the inlet end of the sound guiding channel is greater than or equal to 10 mm 2 ; or, the cross-sectional area of the outlet end of the sound guiding channel is greater than or equal to 15 mm 2 .
  • the ratio between the volume of the acoustic channel and the volume of the second chamber is between 0.05 and 0.9.
  • the distance between the outlet end of the sound conduction channel and the inner wall of the shell facing away from the skin contact area is greater than or equal to 3 mm.
  • the outlet end cap of the sound guide channel is provided with an acoustic resistance net, and the porosity of the acoustic resistance net is greater than or equal to 13%.
  • the casing is provided with a pressure relief hole communicating with the first chamber, and the effective area of the outlet end of the sound guide channel is greater than or equal to that between the casing and the first chamber The sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the pressure relief holes in communication.
  • the ratio between the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the pressure relief holes and the effective area of the outlet ends of the sound guide channel is greater than or equal to 0.15.
  • the porosity of the acoustic resistance mesh at the outlet end cap of the sound conducting channel is greater than or equal to the porosity of the acoustic resistance mesh at the outlet end cap of at least part of the pressure relief hole.
  • the housing is provided with a sound adjustment hole communicating with the second chamber, and the effective area of the outlet end of the sound guide channel is larger than the outlet of each sound adjustment hole in the sound adjustment hole effective area of the end.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the sound guide channel is greater than the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the sound adjustment holes.
  • the ratio between the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the sound adjustment holes and the effective area of the outlet ends of the sound guide channel is greater than or equal to 0.08.
  • the porosity of the acoustic resistance net at the outlet end cap of the sound guiding channel is greater than the porosity of the acoustic resistance net at the outlet end cap of the sound adjusting hole.
  • the bone conduction acoustic assembly includes a magnetic circuit system and a coil assembly, the magnetic circuit system forming a magnetic gap, and the coil assembly is disposed in the first chamber and extends into the magnetic gap , the coil assembly is provided with a communication hole.
  • the communication hole is located on a portion of the coil assembly that is external to the magnetic gap.
  • the coil assembly includes a coil and a coil support, the coil support is used for connecting the coil and the housing, and the coil extends into the magnetic gap, and the communication hole is provided with on the coil holder.
  • the bone conduction acoustic assembly further includes an elastic member located in the first chamber, a central area of the elastic member is connected to the magnetic circuit system, and a peripheral area of the elastic member is connected to the magnetic circuit system.
  • the housing is connected, thereby suspending the magnetic circuit system in the movement housing.
  • the coil support includes a main body part and a first support part, the main body part is connected with the elastic member, one end of the first support part is connected with the main body part, and the coil is connected with the elastic member.
  • the other end of the first bracket part away from the main body part is connected, and the communication hole is located at the connection between the main body part and the first bracket part.
  • the number of the communication holes is multiple, and the communication holes are arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the coil assembly.
  • the cross-sectional area of each of the communication holes is greater than or equal to 2 mm 2 .
  • the housing is provided with a pressure relief hole communicating with the first chamber, and a frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound output to the outside of the acoustic output device through the pressure relief hole has a resonance peak , the setting of the communication hole makes the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak greater than or equal to 2 kHz.
  • the peak resonant frequency of the resonance peak when the communication hole is in an open state is shifted to a higher frequency than the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak when the communication hole is not provided, and is biased toward a higher frequency.
  • the displacement is greater than or equal to 500HZ.
  • a communication channel connecting the first chamber and the second chamber is further included, and the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak when the communication channel is in an open state is compared with that of the communication channel The peak resonant frequency of the resonant peak in the off state is shifted to a high frequency, and the shift amount is greater than or equal to 500 Hz.
  • the frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound output to the outside of the acoustic output device through the sound outlet has a resonance peak, and the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak is greater than or equal to 2 kHz.
  • the communication channel includes a hole array provided on the diaphragm, and at least part of the holes in the hole array and the sound outlet holes are located on opposite sides of the bone conduction acoustic component, respectively.
  • the actual area of at least one hole in the hole array is between 0.01 mm 2 and 0.04 mm 2 .
  • the bone conduction acoustic assembly includes a magnetic circuit system and a coil assembly, the magnetic circuit system forms a magnetic gap, and the coil assembly is disposed in the first chamber and extends into the magnetic gap Inside, the communication channel penetrates the magnetic circuit system to communicate the first chamber and the second chamber.
  • the casing is further provided with a pressure relief hole communicated with the first chamber and a sound adjustment hole communicated with the second chamber, and the communication channel is provided outside the casing , and communicate with the pressure relief hole and the sound adjustment hole.
  • an acoustic resistance net is provided on the communication path defined by the communication channel, and the porosity of the acoustic resistance net is less than or equal to 18%.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an acoustic output system according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a frame diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing the comparison of frequency response curves before and after the acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application is provided with a diaphragm;
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an acoustic output device according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 7A is an exemplary structural diagram of a sound guide member according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 7B is an exemplary structural diagram of a sound guide member according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 7C is an exemplary structural diagram of a sound guide member according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 7D is an exemplary structural diagram of a sound guide member according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 7E is an exemplary structural diagram of a sound guide member according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic top-view structural diagram of an acoustic resistance net according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an air-conducted sound wave at the sound-guiding component according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an air-conducted sound wave output to the outside of an acoustic output device through a sound outlet according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an air-conducted sound wave output to the outside of an acoustic output device through a pressure relief hole according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • 12A is a schematic diagram of the sound pressure distribution of the second chamber when the acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application is not provided with sound adjustment holes;
  • 12B is a schematic diagram of the sound pressure distribution of the second chamber when the acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application is provided with sound adjustment holes;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an air-conducted sound wave at the sound-guiding component according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an air-conducted sound wave at the sound-guiding component according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of sound leakage of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • 16A is a cross-sectional view of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • 16B is a cross-sectional view of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • 16C is a left side view of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • 16D is a top view of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of a bone conduction acoustic assembly according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 18A is a schematic structural diagram of the principle of an acoustic output device according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 18B is a schematic structural diagram of the principle of an acoustic output device according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • 19 is a schematic diagram showing the comparison of the frequency response curves of the air-conducted sound waves at the pressure relief holes before and after the communication holes are arranged in the acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • 20A is a schematic diagram of a diaphragm structure according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • 20B is a schematic structural diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • 20C is a schematic structural diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • 21 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an air-conducted sound wave at the sound-guiding component according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • 22 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an air-conducted sound wave at the sound-guiding component according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of the frequency response curve of the air-conducted acoustic wave at the sound-guiding component shown in other embodiments of the present application;
  • 24 is a schematic diagram of different positions relative to the acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of leakage frequency response curves of the acoustic output device in FIG. 22 at different positions according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of leakage frequency response curves of the acoustic output device at different positions shown in FIG. 22 according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of leakage frequency response curves of the acoustic output device in FIG. 22 at different positions according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of leakage frequency response curves of the acoustic output device in FIG. 22 at different positions according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of leakage frequency response curves of the acoustic output device at different positions shown in FIG. 22 according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of leakage frequency response curves of different acoustic output devices in the same position shown in FIG. 22 according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of leakage frequency response curves of different acoustic output devices in the same position in FIG. 22 according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of leakage frequency response curves of different acoustic output devices in the same position in FIG. 22 according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of leakage frequency response curves of different acoustic output devices in the same position shown in FIG. 22 according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • system means for distinguishing different components, elements, parts, parts or assemblies at different levels.
  • device means for converting signals into signals.
  • unit means for converting signals into signals.
  • module means for converting signals into signals.
  • the embodiments of this specification relate to an acoustic output device.
  • the acoustic output device may include a bone conduction acoustic assembly, an air conduction acoustic assembly, and a housing for accommodating at least some elements of the bone conduction acoustic assembly and the air conduction acoustic assembly.
  • the bone conduction acoustic assembly may be used to generate bone conduction acoustic waves, and when the bone conduction acoustic assembly generates bone conduction acoustic waves, the air conduction acoustic assembly may generate air conduction acoustic waves based on vibrations of the housing and/or the bone conduction acoustic assembly .
  • the sound output by the acoustic output device can be improved
  • the sound quality of the acoustic output device is enriched at medium and low frequencies, and the sound leakage of the acoustic output device is reduced, thereby improving the user's audio experience.
  • the housing of the acoustic output device may include a first chamber (which may also be referred to as a front chamber) and a second chamber (which may also be referred to as a rear chamber), and a sound outlet communicating with the second chamber may be provided on the housing.
  • the air-conducted sound waves can be transmitted to the outside of the acoustic output device through the sound outlet.
  • the frequency response curve of the air-conducted acoustic wave may have one or more resonance peaks, and the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peaks may be greater than or equal to 1 kHz.
  • the side wall of the housing of the acoustic output device may further be provided with at least one pressure relief hole communicating with the first chamber, and the pressure relief hole may adjust the first chamber by promoting the communication between the first chamber and the outside of the acoustic output device The pressure in the chamber, thereby helping to tune the frequency response of the air conduction acoustic component at low frequencies.
  • the number, size, shape, and position of one or more acoustic structures eg, sound outlet holes, pressure relief holes, sound adjustment holes, sound guide channels, communication holes, etc.
  • the acoustic output device can be adjusted. etc.
  • the separation distance between the pressure relief hole communicated with the first chamber and the sound adjustment hole communicated with the second chamber in the acoustic output device may be small (for example, the pressure relief hole and the sound adjustment hole may be respectively provided in the housing two adjacent side walls), so that the air-conducted sound waves output to the outside of the acoustic output device through the pressure relief hole and the sound adjustment hole respectively are coherently canceled in the high frequency band (for example, 2kHz-4kHz), thereby reducing the acoustic
  • the sound leakage of the output device improves the sound quality of the acoustic output device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an acoustic output system according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the acoustic output system 100 may include a multimedia platform 110 , a network 120 , an acoustic output device 130 , a user terminal 140 and a storage device 150 .
  • the multimedia platform 110 may communicate with one or more components of the acoustic output system 100 or an external data source (eg, a cloud data center). In some embodiments, multimedia platform 110 may provide data or signals (eg, audio data for music) to acoustic output device 130 and/or user terminal 140 . In some embodiments, the multimedia platform 110 may be used for data/signal processing of the acoustic output device 130 and/or the user terminal 140 . In some embodiments, the multimedia platform 110 may be implemented on a single server or group of servers. The server group may be a centralized server group connected to network 120 via a distributed server group of one or more access points. In some embodiments, multimedia platform 110 may be locally connected to network 120 or remotely connected to network 120 .
  • the multimedia platform 110 may access information and/or data stored in the acoustic output device 130 , the user terminal 140 and/or the storage device 150 via the network 120 .
  • storage device 150 may be used as a backend data store for multimedia platform 110 .
  • the multimedia platform 110 may be implemented on a cloud platform.
  • the cloud platform may include a private cloud, a public cloud, a hybrid cloud, a community cloud, a distribution cloud, an internal cloud, a multi-layer cloud, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the multimedia platform 110 may include a processing device 112 .
  • the processing device 112 may perform the main functions of the multimedia platform 110 .
  • processing device 112 may retrieve audio data from storage device 150 and transmit the retrieved audio data to acoustic output device 130 and/or user terminal 140 to produce sound.
  • the processing device 112 may process the signals of the acoustic output device 130 (eg, generate control signals).
  • processing device 112 may include one or more processing units (eg, a single-core processing device or a multi-core processing device).
  • the processing device 112 may include a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an application specific instruction set processor (ASIP), a graphics processing unit (GPU), a physical processing unit (PPU), a digital signal A processor (DSP), a field programmable gate array (FPGA), a programmable logic device (PLD), a controller, a microcontroller unit, a reduced instruction set computer (RISC), a microprocessor, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • ASIP application specific instruction set processor
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • PPU physical processing unit
  • DSP digital signal A processor
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • controller a controller
  • microcontroller unit a reduced instruction set computer (RISC)
  • RISC reduced instruction set computer
  • Network 120 may facilitate the exchange of information and/or data.
  • one or more components eg, multimedia platform 110 , acoustic output device 130 , user terminal 140 , storage device 150 ) in acoustic output system 100 may transmit information and/or data to acoustics via network 120 Other components in the output system 100 .
  • network 120 may be any type of wired or wireless network, or a combination thereof.
  • the network 120 may include a wired network, a wired network, a fiber optic network, a telecommunications network, an intranet, the Internet, a local area network (LAN), a wide area network (WAN), a wireless local area network (WLAN), a metropolitan area network (MAN) ), Wide Area Network (WAN), Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), Bluetooth network, ZigBee network, Near Field Communication (NFC) network, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • network 120 may include one or more network access points.
  • network 120 may include wired or wireless network access points, such as base stations and/or Internet exchange points, to which one or more components of acoustic output system 100 may be connected to exchange data and/or information.
  • the acoustic output device 130 may output sound to the user and interact with the user.
  • the acoustic output device 130 may provide the user with at least audio content, such as songs, poems, news broadcasts, weather broadcasts, audio lessons, and the like.
  • the user may provide feedback to the acoustic output device 130 through, for example, keys, screen touches, body movements, speech, gestures, thoughts, and the like.
  • the acoustic output device 130 may be a wearable device. Wearable devices, as used herein, can include headphones and various other types of personal devices, such as head, shoulder, or body worn devices, unless otherwise specified. The wearable device can provide at least audio content to the user with or without contact with the user.
  • the wearable device may include a smart headset, a head mountable display (HMD), a smart bracelet, a smart shoe, a smart watch, a smart clothing, a smart backpack, a smart accessory, a virtual reality helmet, etc., or any of these combination.
  • HMD head mountable display
  • smart bracelet a smart shoe
  • smart watch a smart clothing
  • the acoustic output device 130 may communicate with the user terminal 140 via the network 120 .
  • various types of data and/or information may be received through acoustic output device 130 by gestures of a user or the like (eg, shaking hands, shaking heads, etc.).
  • various types of data and/or information may include, but are not limited to, motion parameters (eg, geographic location, movement direction, movement speed, acceleration, etc.), speech parameters (volume of sound, content of sound, etc.) Wait.
  • the acoustic output device 130 may also transmit the received data and/or information to the multimedia platform 110 or the user terminal 140 .
  • the acoustic output device 130 reference may be made to the detailed description elsewhere in this application, eg, Figs. 2-3, etc.
  • the user terminal 140 may be customized, for example, an application program may be installed on the user terminal 140, and the application program may be used to communicate with and/or implement data and/or signals from the acoustic output device 130. deal with.
  • the user terminal 140 may include a mobile device 130-1, a tablet computer 130-2, a laptop computer 130-3, a built-in device 130-4 in a vehicle, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the mobile device 130-1 may comprise a smart home device, a smart mobile device, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • smart home devices may include smart lighting devices, smart appliance control devices, smart monitoring devices, smart TVs, smart cameras, walkie-talkies, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • an intelligent mobile device may include a smartphone, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a gaming device, a navigation device, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • built-in devices 130-4 in the vehicle may include built-in computers, built-in televisions, built-in tablet computers, and the like.
  • the user terminal 140 may include a signal transmitter and a signal receiver configured to communicate with a positioning device (not shown) that locates the user and/or the location of the user terminal 140 .
  • the multimedia platform 110 or storage device 150 may be integrated into the user terminal 140 . In this case, the functions that can be implemented by the above-mentioned multimedia platform 110 can be similarly implemented by the user terminal 140 .
  • Storage device 150 may store data and/or instructions.
  • storage device 150 may store data obtained from multimedia platform 110 , acoustic output device 130 , and/or user terminal 140 .
  • the storage device 150 may store data and/or instructions by which the multimedia platform 110, the acoustic output device 130, and/or the user terminal 140 may implement various functions.
  • storage device 150 may include mass storage, removable storage, volatile read-write memory, read-only memory (ROM), etc., or any combination thereof.
  • Exemplary mass storage may include magnetic disks, optical disks, solid state drives, and the like.
  • Exemplary removable storage may include flash drives, floppy disks, optical disks, memory cards, compact disks, magnetic tapes, and the like.
  • Exemplary volatile read-write memory may include random access memory (RAM).
  • RAMs may include dynamic random access memory (DRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (DDRSDRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), thyristor random access memory (T-RAM), and zero capacitance Random Access Memory (Z-RAM), etc.
  • Exemplary ROMs may include programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable ROM (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM), compact disk ROM (CD-ROM), digital versatile disk ROM, and the like.
  • the storage device 150 may be implemented on a cloud platform.
  • the cloud platform may include a private cloud, a public cloud, a hybrid cloud, a community cloud, a distribution cloud, an internal cloud, a multi-layer cloud, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • one or more components in acoustic output system 100 may access data and/or instructions stored in storage device 150 via network 120 .
  • storage device 150 may be directly connected to multimedia platform 110 as backend storage.
  • the multimedia platform 110 , the network 120 , the user terminal 140 and/or the storage device 150 may be integrated onto the acoustic output device 130 .
  • the acoustic output device 130 may be a smart earphone, an MP3 player, or the like with highly integrated electronic components (eg, a central processing unit (CPU), a graphics processing unit (GPU), etc.).
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the acoustic output device 200 may include an ear hook 210 , a casing 220 , a circuit casing 230 , a rear suspension 240 , an acoustic assembly 250 , a control circuit 260 and a battery 270 .
  • the casing 220 and the circuit casing 230 may be disposed at two ends of the ear hook 210 respectively, and the rear suspension 240 may be disposed at one end of the circuit casing 230 away from the ear hook 210 .
  • Housing 220 may be used to house various acoustic components 250 .
  • Circuit housing 230 may be used to house control circuit 260 and battery 270 . Both ends of the rear hanger 240 may be physically connected to the corresponding circuit housings 230 respectively.
  • the ear hook 210 may refer to a structure that can fix the housing 220 and the acoustic assembly 250 at a predetermined position at the user's ear when the user wears the acoustic output device 200 .
  • the earhook 210 may include an elastic support, which may be used to hang the acoustic output device 200 against the ear when the user wears the acoustic output device 200 .
  • the elastic support member may be configured to keep the earhook 210 in a shape matching the user's ear, so that the earhook 210 may be elastically deformed according to the shape of the ear and the shape of the user's head.
  • the elastic support can accommodate users with different ear shapes and head shapes.
  • the elastic support may be made of a memory alloy with good deformation recovery capabilities.
  • Memory alloy refers to a material composed of two or more metal elements that has a shape memory effect through thermoelasticity and martensitic transformation and its inversion.
  • memory alloys may include, but are not limited to, any one or more of nickel-titanium alloys, copper-zinc alloys, iron-manganese alloys, nickel-aluminum alloys, gold-cadmium alloys, and the like.
  • the elastic support member may also be a support member made of other materials (eg, organic polymer materials).
  • the organic polymer material may include any one or more of rubber, chemical fiber, plastic and the like.
  • the elastic support may also be made of a non-memory alloy.
  • wires in the elastic support may establish electrical connections between the acoustic assembly 250 and other components (eg, control circuitry 260 , batteries 270 , etc.) to facilitate power and data transfer for the acoustic assembly 250 .
  • the earhook 210 may further include a protective cover 211 and a shell protector 212 integrally formed with the protective cover 211 , wherein the protective cover 211 covers the outside of the elastic support, and the shell protector 212 covers the The outer part of the housing 220 is adapted to the housing 220 .
  • Housing 220 may be configured to accommodate acoustic assembly 250 .
  • the acoustic assembly 250 may include a bone conduction acoustic assembly, an air conduction acoustic assembly, or the like.
  • the bone conduction acoustic assembly can be configured to output sound waves (also known as bone conduction sound waves) through a solid medium (eg, bone).
  • bone conduction acoustic components can convert audio signals (eg, electrical signals) into vibrations that are transmitted to the user's bones (eg, skull).
  • the bone conduction acoustic assembly may include a magnetic circuit system, one or more diaphragms, and a voice coil.
  • the magnetic circuit system can generate a magnetic field, so that the voice coil located in the magnetic gap vibrates under the action of the magnetic field, and the vibration of the voice coil can drive one or more vibrating plates to vibrate. At least one of the one or more vibrating plates can be physically connected to the housing 220 , which can contact the user's skin (eg, the skin on the user's head) and transfer bone-conducted sound waves to the wearable acoustic output device 200 user's cochlea.
  • the air-conducted acoustic assembly may be configured to output sound waves through the air (also known as air-conducted acoustic waves).
  • the air conduction acoustic components may convert vibrations of the housing 220, the bone conduction acoustic components, and/or the vibrations of the air in the housing 220 into air vibrations that may be received by the user's ears.
  • the air conduction acoustic assembly can include at least one diaphragm, which can be physically connected to the bone conduction acoustic assembly and/or the housing 220.
  • the vibration of the bone conduction acoustic assembly (eg, one or more vibration plates) can drive the housing 220 and/or communicate with bone conduction Vibration of the diaphragm to which the acoustic assembly and/or housing 220 is physically connected.
  • the vibration of the diaphragm may cause the vibration of the air in the housing 220 .
  • Air vibrations in the housing 220 may be transmitted from the housing 220 to generate air-conducted acoustic waves.
  • the number of the acoustic assembly 250 and the housing 220 may be two, which may correspond to the user's left and right ears and their vicinity, respectively. In some embodiments, the number of the acoustic component 250 and the housing 220 may also be one, and when the user wears the acoustic output device 200, the acoustic output device 200 may be distributed on the user's left or right ear and its vicinity. Details regarding the acoustic assembly 250 can be found elsewhere in this application, eg, FIGS. 3-6 and their associated descriptions.
  • the acoustic output device 200 may also be worn in other ways, for example, the ear hook 210 covers or wraps the user's ear, and the rear hook 240 straddles the top of the user's head.
  • the acoustic output device 200 may not include the back hook 240, and the ear hook 210 may be directly hung at the auricle of the user's ear, so that the acoustic output device 200 is located at or near the user's ear.
  • the housing 220 may be provided with a contact surface 221 .
  • the contact surface 221 may be in contact with the user's skin.
  • the contact surface 221 may also be referred to as the upper surface of the housing 220, the skin contact area, or the like.
  • the surface of the housing 220 opposite to the upper surface of the housing 220 may also be referred to as a rear surface or a back surface of the housing 220 .
  • the bone conduction sound waves generated by one or more bone conduction acoustic components of the acoustic component 250 in the acoustic output device 130 may be transmitted to the outside through the contact surface 221 of the housing 220 .
  • the material and thickness of the contact surface 221 can affect the transmission of bone-conducted acoustic waves to the user, thereby affecting the sound quality. For example, if the material of the contact surface 221 is relatively flexible, the transmission of bone-conducted acoustic waves in the low frequency range may be superior to the transmission of bone-conducted acoustic waves in the high frequency range. Conversely, if the material of the contact surface 221 is relatively hard, the transmission of bone conduction acoustic waves in the high frequency range may be superior to the transmission of bone conduction acoustic waves in the low frequency range.
  • FIG. 3 is a frame diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the acoustic output device 300 may include a bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 , an air conduction acoustic assembly 320 , and a housing 330 for accommodating the bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 and at least some elements of the air conduction acoustic assembly 320 .
  • Bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 may be used to generate bone conduction acoustic waves.
  • the bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 may generate bone in a specific frequency range (eg, a low frequency range, a medium frequency range, a high frequency range, a mid-low frequency range, a mid-high frequency range, etc.) according to the control signal generated by the signal processing module Conduct sound waves.
  • bone-conducted acoustic waves may refer to acoustic waves that are conducted in the form of mechanical vibrations through a solid medium (eg, bone).
  • the low frequency range (also referred to as low frequency) may refer to the frequency range of 20Hz-150Hz
  • the medium frequency range (also referred to as medium frequency) may refer to the frequency range of 150Hz-5kHz
  • the high frequency range (also referred to as high frequency) Frequency) can refer to the frequency range of 5kHz-20kHz
  • the mid-low frequency range (also called mid-low frequency) can refer to the frequency range of 150Hz-500Hz
  • the mid-high frequency range (also called mid-high frequency) can refer to the frequency range of 500Hz-5kHz.
  • a low frequency range may refer to a frequency range of 20Hz-300Hz
  • a medium frequency range may refer to a frequency range of 300Hz-3kHz
  • a high frequency range may refer to a frequency range of 3kHz-20kHz
  • a mid-low frequency range may refer to a frequency range of 100Hz- 1000Hz
  • medium and high frequency range may refer to the frequency range of 1000Hz-10kHz.
  • the frequency range values are for illustrative purposes only and are not limiting. The definition of the above frequency range may vary according to different application scenarios and different classification criteria.
  • the low frequency range may be the frequency range of 20Hz-80Hz
  • the medium frequency range may be the frequency range of 160Hz-1280Hz
  • the high frequency range may be the frequency range of 2560Hz-20kHz
  • the mid-low frequency range may be 80Hz
  • the mid-high frequency range can be the frequency range of 1280Hz-2560Hz.
  • the different frequency ranges may or may not have overlapping frequencies. Further descriptions of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 can be found elsewhere in this specification, eg, FIGS. 4 , 17 , 18A, 18B, and related descriptions thereof.
  • the air-conducted acoustic assembly 320 may be used to generate air-conducted acoustic waves.
  • the air conduction acoustic assembly 320 may be based on vibration of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 310, vibration of the housing 330 housing the bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 and the air conduction acoustic assembly 320, vibration of the air within the housing 330, and/or
  • the control signal produces air-conducted sound waves.
  • the air conduction acoustic assembly 320 may generate air conduction acoustic waves in the same or a different frequency range than the vibration of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 .
  • the air conduction acoustic assembly 320 may include at least one diaphragm, the at least one diaphragm may be connected to the bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 or the housing 330 , and the air conduction acoustic wave may be based on the vibration of the at least one diaphragm or the casing 330 . produced.
  • air-conducted acoustic waves may refer to acoustic waves conducted through air vibrations. Further description of the air conduction acoustic assembly 320 can be found elsewhere in this specification, eg, FIG. 4 , FIG. 20A , and related descriptions thereof.
  • the housing 330 may be used to house at least some of the components of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 and the air conduction acoustic assembly 320 .
  • the housing 330 may include a first chamber and a second chamber separated by a diaphragm in the air conduction acoustic assembly 320 .
  • the housing 330 may include a first portion and a second portion. The first portion of the housing 330 and the diaphragm may form a first chamber.
  • a bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 may be placed within the first chamber.
  • a first portion (eg, one or more diaphragms) of the housing 330 surrounding the first chamber may be physically connected to the bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 .
  • the first portion of the housing 330 can transfer vibrations of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 to the user's bones.
  • the second portion of the housing 330 and the diaphragm may form a second chamber.
  • the air-conducted sound waves generated by the air-conduction acoustic assembly 320 may be transmitted from the second chamber to the outside of the acoustic output device 300 .
  • the first chamber and the second chamber may not be in communication.
  • the first chamber and the second chamber may communicate, for example, one or more through holes may be provided on the diaphragm.
  • the first chamber may be used to accommodate at least a portion of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 310, the housing 330 is provided with one or more sound exit holes communicating with the second cavity, and air conduction acoustic waves may pass through the sound exit holes It is transmitted to the outside of the acoustic output device 300 .
  • the sound exit hole may face the external auditory canal of the user's ear, so that air-conducted sound waves may be transmitted to the user's cochlea through the sound exit hole.
  • the acoustic output device 300 may further include a signal processing module.
  • the bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 may be electrically connected with the signal processing module to receive control signals (eg, audio signals) and generate bone conduction acoustic waves based on the control signals.
  • control signals eg, audio signals
  • bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 may include any element that converts electrical signals into mechanical vibration signals (eg, vibration motors, electromagnetic vibration devices, etc.).
  • Exemplary signal conversion approaches may include, but are not limited to, electromagnetic types (eg, moving coil types, moving iron types, magnetostrictive types), piezoelectric types, electrostatic types, and the like.
  • the internal structure of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 may be a single resonant system or a composite resonant system.
  • the bone conduction acoustic assembly 310 can generate mechanical vibrations according to the bone conduction control signal, which can generate bone conduction acoustic waves.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the acoustic output device 400 may include a bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 , a housing 420 , and an air conduction acoustic assembly.
  • the bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 and the air conduction acoustic assembly may be located inside the housing 420 .
  • the bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 may generate bone conduction acoustic waves that are transmitted to the user through the housing 420
  • the air conduction acoustic assembly may generate air conduction acoustic waves based on vibrations of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 .
  • Air-conducted sound waves may be transmitted to the user through one or more sound exit holes (also referred to as sound guide holes) on the housing 420 .
  • the bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 may include a magnetic circuit system 411 , one or more diaphragms 412 and a voice coil 413 .
  • Magnetic circuit system 411 may include one or more magnetic elements and/or permeable elements configured to generate a magnetic field.
  • the magnetic circuit system 411 may include a magnetic gap, the magnetic circuit system 411 may generate a magnetic field in the magnetic gap, and the voice coil 413 may be located in the magnetic gap.
  • At least one of the one or more diaphragms 412 can be physically connected to a housing 420, which can contact the user's skin (eg, the skin on the user's head) and transfer bone-conducted sound waves to the wearing acoustic output device 400 users of the cochlea.
  • a housing 420 which can contact the user's skin (eg, the skin on the user's head) and transfer bone-conducted sound waves to the wearing acoustic output device 400 users of the cochlea.
  • one of the vibration plates 412 may also be referred to as the top wall of the housing 420 .
  • the top wall of the housing refers to the wall closest to the skin called the top or front wall (also referred to as the area in contact with the user's skin, contact surface, etc.) ; the wall furthest from the skin (eg, the wall opposite the top wall) is referred to as the bottom or rear wall; the chamber in the housing corresponding to the top wall of the housing may be referred to as the front chamber (eg, the first chamber), Close to the area of the user's skin that contacts the housing; the chamber corresponding to the bottom wall may be referred to as the back chamber (eg, the second chamber), remote from the area of the user's skin that contacts the housing.
  • the front chamber eg, the first chamber
  • the back chamber eg, the second chamber
  • Voice coil 413 may be mechanically connected to one or more diaphragms 412 .
  • the voice coil 413 may also be electrically connected to the signal processing module.
  • voice coil 413 may vibrate in a magnetic field and drive one or more diaphragms 412 to vibrate.
  • the vibrations of one or more of the vibration plates 412 may be transmitted to the user's bones through the housing 420 to generate bone-conducted sound waves.
  • vibration of one or more vibration plates 412 may cause vibration of housing 420 and/or magnetic circuit system 411 . Vibration of the housing 420 and/or the magnetic circuit system 411 may cause vibrations of the air in the housing 420 .
  • the air conduction acoustic assembly may include a diaphragm 431 .
  • Diaphragm 431 may be physically connected to bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 and/or housing 420 .
  • the diaphragm 431 may be connected to at least one of the magnetic circuit system 411 , the voice coil 413 , and/or the one or more diaphragms 412 .
  • the vibration of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 (eg, the one or more vibration plates 412) can drive the housing 420 and/or the Or the vibration of the diaphragm 431 physically connected to the bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 and/or the housing 420 .
  • the vibration of the diaphragm 431 may cause the vibration of the air in the housing 420 .
  • Air vibrations in the housing 420 may be transmitted from the housing 420 to generate air-conducted acoustic waves.
  • Air-conducted acoustic waves and bone-conducted acoustic waves may represent the same audio signal as input into bone-conduction acoustic assembly 410, or the same audio signal received by the user.
  • the air conduction sound wave and the bone conduction sound wave represent the same audio signal means that the air conduction sound wave and the bone conduction sound wave represent the same speech content, which can be represented by the frequency components of the air conduction sound wave and the bone conduction sound wave.
  • the frequency components in the air-conducted acoustic waves and the bone-conducted acoustic waves may be different.
  • bone-conducted acoustic waves may include more low-frequency components
  • air-conducted acoustic waves may include more high-frequency components.
  • the diaphragm 431 may be physically connected to the magnetic circuit system 411 , the diaphragm 431 and the magnetic circuit system 411 may be considered stationary, and vibration of the diaphragm 431 relative to the housing 420 may cause the first chamber 423 and the pressure of the second chamber 424 changes, thereby causing the air in the first chamber 423 and the second chamber 424 to vibrate.
  • the diaphragm 431 may be physically connected to the magnetic circuit system 411, the housing 420 may be considered as fixed, and the vibration of the diaphragm 431 and the magnetic circuit system 411 relative to the housing 420 may cause the first chamber 423 and the The pressure in the second chamber 424 changes, thereby causing the air in the first chamber 423 and the second chamber 424 to vibrate.
  • the diaphragm 431 may include a main portion and an auxiliary portion. The main portion may be physically connected to the bottom surface of the magnetic circuit system 411 remote from the top wall of the housing 420 .
  • a major portion of diaphragm 431 may comprise a plate (eg, a circular or annular plate) that may cover at least a portion of the bottom surface of magnetic circuit system 411 .
  • a major portion of the diaphragm 431 may include a plate (eg, a circular or annular plate) that may cover at least a portion of the bottom surface of the magnetic circuit system 411 and the side connected to the side wall of the magnetic circuit system 411 wall.
  • the auxiliary portion of the diaphragm 431 may be an annular shape surrounding the main portion of the diaphragm 431 .
  • the auxiliary portion of the diaphragm 431 may be physically connected with the housing 420 .
  • the inner side of the auxiliary part of the diaphragm 431 may be in contact or connected with the outer side of the main part of the diaphragm 431 , and the outer side of the auxiliary part of the diaphragm 431 may be physically connected with the housing 420 .
  • the auxiliary portion of the diaphragm 431 may include at least one of a raised area or a grooved area.
  • the diaphragm 431 may be a thin film made of a vibration-sensitive material.
  • the material of the diaphragm 431 may include polycarbonate (Polycarbonate, PC), polyamide (Polyamides, PA), acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene, ABS), polyamide Styrene (PS), High Impact Polystyrene (HIPS), Polypropylene (PP), Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET), Polyvinyl Chloride , PVC), Polyurethanes (PU), Polyethylene (Polyethylene, PE), Phenol Formaldehyde (PF), Urea-Formaldehyde (UF), Melamine-Formaldehyde (MF) ), polyarylate (PAR), polyetherimide (PEI), polyimide (PI), polyethylene naphthalate (Polyethylene Naphthalate two formic acid glycol ester,
  • the acoustic output device 400 can generate bone conduction acoustic waves under the action of the bone conduction acoustic component 410, and the bone conduction acoustic waves can have a frequency response curve, and the frequency response curve can have at least one resonance peak.
  • the first frequency response curve of the bone conduction acoustic wave generated when the diaphragm 413 is connected with the bone conduction acoustic component 410 and the shell 420 in the contact area between the acoustic output device 400 and the user's skin shown as "k1+k2" in FIG.
  • the bone conduction sound wave generated when the diaphragm 413 is disconnected from any one of the bone conduction acoustic component 410 and the shell 420 in the contact area between the acoustic output device 400 and the user's skin has a second frequency response curve (as shown in Fig. 5 " k1”).
  • the peak resonance frequencies of the resonance peaks corresponding to the first frequency response curve and the second frequency response curve may satisfy the relationship (1):
  • f1 is the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak of the bone conduction acoustic wave generated when the diaphragm 413 is connected with the bone conduction acoustic component 410 and the casing 420
  • f2 is any one of the diaphragm 413 and the bone conduction acoustic component 410 and the casing 420 The peak resonant frequency of the resonant peak of the bone conduction acoustic wave generated when disconnected.
  • /f1 between the peak resonant frequency f1 and the peak resonant frequency f2 in the above relational formula (1) may also be less than or equal to other values, for example, 60%, 40% , 30%, 20%, etc.
  • the difference between the peak resonance strength corresponding to the peak resonance frequency f1 and the peak resonance strength corresponding to the peak resonance frequency f2 may be less than or equal to 5 dB.
  • the difference between the peak resonance strength corresponding to the peak resonance frequency f1 and the peak resonance strength corresponding to the peak resonance frequency f2 may also be less than or equal to other values, such as 3dB, 4dB, 6dB, etc.
  • /f1 can be used to measure the influence of the diaphragm 413 on the vibration of the bone conduction acoustic component 410 in the contact area of the user's skin.
  • setting the diaphragm 413 in the acoustic output device 400 basically It will not bring a strong sense of vibration, so as to ensure that the user has a better experience when wearing the acoustic output device 400 .
  • the introduction of the diaphragm 413 enables the acoustic output device 400 to simultaneously output bone conduction acoustic waves and air conduction acoustic waves with the same phase or similar phase, thereby improving the acoustics.
  • the acoustic performance of the output device 400 is improved, and the acoustic output device 400 is more power efficient.
  • the offset of the low frequency band or the mid-low frequency band (for example, f1 ⁇ 500Hz) in the frequency response curve may satisfy certain conditions, so that the low frequency, medium and low frequency of the bone conduction sound wave are not affected as much as possible.
  • the offset of the low frequency band or the mid-low frequency band (eg, f1 ⁇ 500Hz) in the frequency response curve may be less than or equal to 50Hz, that is,
  • the bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 is not affected as much as possible to vibrate the user's skin contact area.
  • the offset of the low frequency band or the mid-low frequency band (eg, f1 ⁇ 500Hz) in the frequency response curve may be greater than or equal to 5Hz, that is,
  • the skin contact area may include at least a part of the casing area where the casing 420 contacts the user's skin when the user wears the acoustic output device 400 . For example, FIG.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram comparing the frequency response curves of the acoustic output device before and after setting the diaphragm according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the horizontal axis may represent frequency, whose unit is Hz
  • the vertical axis may represent intensity, whose unit is dB.
  • the above-mentioned first frequency response curve 510 (shown as “k1+k2” in FIG. 5 ) has a resonance peak (point “A” in FIG. 5 ) in a low frequency band or a mid-low frequency band (for example, 10Hz-500Hz), and the resonance peak
  • the peak resonant frequency f1 is about 112Hz, and the peak resonance strength is about 88dB.
  • the second frequency response curve 520 (shown as “k1” in FIG. 5 ) has a resonance peak (point “B” in FIG. 5 ) in a low frequency band or a mid-low frequency band (eg, 10 Hz-500 Hz), and the peak value of the resonance peak resonates
  • the frequency f2 is about 95Hz, and the peak resonance strength is about 87dB.
  • the difference (or absolute value) between the peak resonant frequency f1 and the peak resonant frequency f2 is about 17 Hz, that is, the offset of the low frequency band or the mid-low frequency band (for example, f1 ⁇ 500 Hz) in the frequency response curve is about 17 Hz .
  • the difference between the peak resonance strength corresponding to the peak resonance frequency f1 and the peak resonance strength corresponding to the peak resonance frequency f2 is about 1 dB.
  • the greater the elasticity of the diaphragm, the greater the offset of the low frequency band or the mid-low frequency band in the frequency response curve, and the frequency response curve can be adjusted by adjusting the elasticity of the diaphragm
  • the magnitude of the offset in a specific frequency band eg, low frequency or low-mid frequency. For example, reduce the elasticity of the diaphragm (use a material with a smaller elastic coefficient) to reduce the mid-low frequency band or the offset of the mid-low frequency curve in the frequency curve.
  • the housing 420 may include a first portion and a second portion.
  • the first portion of the housing 420 and the diaphragm 431 may form a first chamber 423 .
  • a first portion surrounding the first chamber 423 may be physically connected to the bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 (eg, one or more vibrating plates 412 ), the first portion of the housing 420 or in the housing 420 when the user wears the acoustic output device 400 .
  • One or more vibration plates 412 disposed on the first portion can transfer vibrations of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 to the user's bones.
  • the second portion of the housing 420 and the diaphragm 431 may form a second chamber 424 .
  • the air-conducted sound waves generated by the air-conductive acoustic assembly may be transmitted from the second chamber 424 to the outside of the acoustic output device 400 .
  • the housing 420 may include at least one sound outlet hole 421 for delivering air-conducted sound waves in the second chamber 424 to the outside of the acoustic output device 400 .
  • at least one sound outlet hole 421 may be disposed on the side wall of the second part of the housing 420 , and the sound outlet hole 421 may communicate with the second chamber 424 .
  • the number of sound exit holes 421 may be one or more. Due to the interaction between the magnetic field and the voice coil 413 , the magnetic circuit system 411 can also receive a corresponding reaction force to vibrate and drive the diaphragm 431 to vibrate. Vibration of the diaphragm 431 may cause air to vibrate in the second chamber 424 . The air vibration in the second chamber 424 may generate air-conducted sound waves in the second chamber 424 , and the air-conducted sound waves may propagate from the second chamber 424 to the outside of the acoustic output device 400 through the sound outlet 421 .
  • housing 420 when interaction between voice coil 413 and magnetic circuit system 411 (ie, vibration of voice coil 413 under the magnetic field provided by magnetic circuit system 411 ) causes housing 420 to face the front of acoustic output device 400
  • the side that is, in the direction indicated by arrow A or towards the user's skin
  • the diaphragm 431 it can be considered that the housing 420 moves in the direction indicated by arrow A, the magnetic circuit system 411 and diaphragm 431 are not moving
  • the first chamber 423 in the housing 420 becomes larger
  • the second chamber 424 becomes smaller
  • the pressure in the second chamber 424 increases.
  • the pressure of the one or more vibrating plates 412 acting on the user's skin may increase, and the bone conduction acoustic waves generated by the bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 may be defined as being in "normal phase” .
  • the air-conducted acoustic waves produced by the air-conducted acoustic components may also be in "normal phase” due to the increased pressure in the second chamber 424 .
  • the air-conducted acoustic waves and the bone-conducted acoustic waves may be in the same phase, ie, the phase difference between the air-conducted acoustic waves and the bone-conducted acoustic waves may be equal to zero. In some embodiments, the phase difference between the air-conducted acoustic waves and the bone-conducted acoustic waves may be less than a threshold, eg, ⁇ , 2 ⁇ /3, 1 ⁇ /2, etc.
  • the phase difference between the air-conducted acoustic wave and the bone-conducted acoustic wave may refer to the absolute value of the difference between the air-conducted acoustic wave and the bone-conducted acoustic wave.
  • the difference frequency ranges of the air-conducted acoustic waves and the bone-conducted acoustic waves may correspond to different phase differences and different thresholds.
  • the phase difference between air-conducted acoustic waves and bone-conducted acoustic waves in the frequency range less than 300 Hz may be less than ⁇ .
  • the phase difference between air-conducted acoustic waves and bone-conducted acoustic waves within a specific frequency range (eg, 300 Hz-1000 Hz) of less than 1000 Hz may be less than 2 ⁇ /3.
  • the phase difference between air-conducted acoustic waves and bone-conducted acoustic waves within a specific frequency range (eg, 1000 Hz-3000 Hz) of less than 3000 Hz may be less than 1 ⁇ /2. Therefore, the synchronization of the bone conduction sound waves and the air conduction sound waves can be increased, so that the bone conduction sound waves and the air conduction sound waves can be superimposed, thereby improving the hearing effect.
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the sound outlet 421 may be greater than or equal to 8 mm 2 , so that the user can hear more air-conducted sound waves output through the sound outlet 421 .
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the sound outlet hole 421 may also be greater than or equal to other values, for example, 10 mm 2 , 9 mm 2 , 7 mm 2 , 6 mm 2 and the like.
  • the actual area of the inlet end of the sound outlet 421 may also be greater than or equal to the actual area of the outlet end thereof.
  • a damping structure also referred to as an acoustic resistance net
  • a tuning net may be provided at the sound outlet 421 to improve the acoustic effect of the air conduction acoustic assembly.
  • the output characteristics of the air-conducted acoustic waves can be adjusted by adjusting the number, location, size and/or shape of the acoustic holes 421 .
  • the actual area of the outlet end in the embodiments of this specification can be defined as the area of the end face where the outlet end is located, and the actual area of the inlet end in the embodiments of this specification can be defined as the area size of the end face where the inlet end is located.
  • the area of the end face where the outlet end is located here can be understood as the area of the end face where the air can pass through the outlet end for vibration.
  • the area of the end face where the inlet end is located can be understood as the area of the end face where the vibration can pass through the inlet end.
  • the output characteristics of bone conduction acoustic waves can be adjusted by adjusting the stiffness (eg, structural dimensions, elastic modulus of materials, etc.) of the vibration plate 412 and/or the housing 420 .
  • the output characteristics of air-conducted acoustic waves can be adjusted by adjusting the shape, elastic coefficient and damping of the diaphragm 431 .
  • the housing 420 may be provided with at least one pressure relief hole 422 communicating with the first chamber 423 .
  • the pressure relief hole 422 may be provided on the side wall of the first housing of the housing 420 .
  • the first chamber 423 may communicate with the outside of the acoustic output device 400 through the pressure relief hole 422 .
  • the pressure relief hole 422 and the sound outlet hole 421 may be provided on different side walls of the housing 420 .
  • the pressure relief hole 422 and the sound outlet hole 421 may be provided on different side walls of the housing 420 that are not adjacent, eg, side walls that are substantially parallel to each other.
  • the pressure relief hole 422 may be a through hole, which may facilitate pressure equalization between the first chamber 423 of the housing 420 and the outside of the acoustic output device 400 .
  • vibration of the magnetic circuit system 411 relative to the housing 420 may increase or decrease the pressure in the first chamber 423 .
  • the pressure relief hole 422 can regulate the pressure in the first chamber 423 by facilitating the communication between the first chamber 423 and the outside, thereby maintaining the mutual movement between the housing 420 and the magnetic circuit system 411 (and/or the diaphragm 431 ) , and ensure normal vibration of the housing 420 .
  • the pressure relief holes 422 may help to adjust the frequency response (e.g., the frequency response of the low frequency range) of the air conduction acoustic assembly to further reduce sound leakage. It can be understood that the vibration of the magnetic circuit system 411 relative to the housing 420 may cause air vibration in the first chamber 423 . The air-conducted sound waves generated by the air vibration in the first chamber 423 may be transmitted to the outside of the acoustic output device 400 through the pressure relief hole 422, thereby generating sound leakage.
  • parameters such as the size, structure, acoustic resistance, and shape of the pressure relief hole 422 can be designed to adjust the frequency response of the air conduction acoustic component, so as to reduce or suppress sound leakage.
  • an acoustic resistance net (not shown) may be provided at the pressure relief hole 422 to reduce the strength of the above-mentioned resonance peak, thereby reducing the impact between the structure formed by the first chamber 423 and the pressure relief hole 422 . frequency response at the structure to further reduce sound leakage.
  • the number of the pressure relief holes 422 may be one or more, and the position of the pressure relief holes 422 may also be set at any position corresponding to the side wall of the first chamber 423 , which is not limited herein.
  • the number of pressure relief holes may be multiple.
  • the at least one pressure relief hole may include a first pressure relief hole and a second pressure relief hole, the first pressure relief hole is disposed farther from the sound outlet hole 421 than the second pressure relief hole, and the first pressure relief hole
  • the effective area of the outlet end is larger than the effective area of the outlet end of the second pressure relief hole.
  • the effective area here and the effective area of a specific channel (for example, a sound guide channel, etc.) or openings (for example, a sound outlet hole, a sound adjustment hole, a communication hole, etc.) introduced below can be defined as the difference between its actual area and the covered area.
  • the product of the porosity of the set acoustic resistance net that is, the area through which air can penetrate from the opening.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole is the product of the actual area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole and the porosity of the covered sound resistance net.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole is the actual area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the through holes such as the sound guiding channel and the sound adjusting hole mentioned later can also be respectively defined as the product of the actual area and the corresponding porosity, which will not be repeated here.
  • the sound outlet hole 421 and the first pressure relief hole may be located on opposite sides of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 410, respectively.
  • the housing 420 of the acoustic output device 400 may include first and second side walls on opposite sides of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 and connecting the first and second sides The third side wall and the fourth side wall that are spaced apart from each other, the sound outlet hole 421 and the first pressure relief hole can be arranged on the first side wall and the second side wall respectively, and the second pressure relief hole can be arranged on the third side wall or fourth side wall.
  • the at least one pressure relief hole may further include a third pressure relief hole, the effective area of the outlet end of the second pressure relief hole is larger than the effective area of the outlet end of the third pressure relief hole, the second pressure relief hole and the third pressure relief hole
  • the pressure relief holes are respectively arranged on the third side wall and the fourth side wall.
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the first pressure relief hole is larger than the actual area of the outlet end of the second pressure relief hole
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the second pressure relief hole is larger than the actual area of the outlet end of the third pressure relief hole.
  • the diaphragm 431 may not be connected to the bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 , and the peripheral side of the diaphragm 431 is directly physically connected to the inner wall of the casing 420 , thereby dividing the chamber inside the casing 420 into the first chamber 423 and the second chamber 424.
  • the number of the diaphragms 431 may be multiple, for example, two or three, and the multiple diaphragms may be physically connected with the magnetic circuit system 411 of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 410 to connect the cavity inside the housing 420
  • the chamber is divided into a first chamber 423 and a second chamber 424 .
  • FIG. 20B and FIG. 20C For the situation when there are two vibrating membranes 431, reference may be made to FIG. 20B and FIG. 20C , which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an acoustic output device according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • the acoustic output device 600 may be the same as or similar to the acoustic output device 400 in FIG. 4 .
  • the acoustic output device 600 may include a bone conduction acoustic assembly 610, a housing 620, and an air conduction acoustic assembly.
  • the bone conduction acoustic assembly 610 may include a magnetic circuit system 611 , one or more diaphragms 612 and a voice coil 613 .
  • the air conduction assembly may include the diaphragm 631 .
  • the sound outlet hole 621 may be provided on the housing 620 and communicated with the second chamber 624
  • the pressure relief hole 622 may be provided on the housing 620 and communicated with the first chamber 623 .
  • the acoustic output device 600 may further include a sound guide member 640 connected with the housing 620 .
  • the sound guide member 640 is provided with a sound guide channel, and the sound guide channel may be coupled to and communicate with the sound outlet hole 621 .
  • the acoustic channel may be used to guide air-conducted acoustic waves to the exterior of the acoustic output device 600 .
  • the sound guide member 640 may also be used to change the propagation path and/or direction of the aforementioned air-conducted acoustic waves, thereby changing the directivity of the air-conducted acoustic waves.
  • the sound guide member 640 can also be used to shorten the distance between the sound outlet 621 and the human ear, thereby increasing the strength of the air conduction sound wave.
  • the end of the sound guide channel of the sound guide member 640 away from the sound outlet hole 621 may face the user's ear.
  • the sound guide member 640 can also make the actual output position of the air-conducted sound wave from the acoustic output device 600 further away from the bottom wall of the casing 620 (ie, the rear end surface opposite to the skin contact area on the casing 620 (for example, The end face of the casing 620 corresponding to the second cavity 624)), so as to improve the anti-phase cancellation of the sound at the sound outlet hole 621 caused by the possible sound leakage at the bottom wall. In this way, when the user wears the acoustic output device 600, the user can better hear the air conduction sound waves.
  • the frequency response curve of the acoustic output device 600 should be relatively flat in a wider frequency band, that is to say, the resonance peak should be located at a higher frequency position as much as possible.
  • the frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound wave outputted to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the sound outlet 621 has a resonance peak, and the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak may be greater than or equal to 1 kHz.
  • the peak resonance frequency may be greater than or equal to 2 kHz, so that the acoustic output device 600 has a better voice output effect. More preferably, the peak resonance frequency may be greater than or equal to 3.5 kHz, so that the acoustic output device 600 has a better music output effect. Further preferably, the peak resonance frequency may also be greater than or equal to 4.5 kHz.
  • the sound guide channel communicates with the second chamber 624 through the sound outlet hole 621, so as to form a Helmholtz resonance cavity structure.
  • the resonant frequency f of the Helmholtz resonant cavity structure and the structural parameters of the second cavity 624 and the sound guiding channel can satisfy the relational formula (2):
  • V represents the volume of the second chamber 624
  • S represents the cross-sectional area of the sound guide channel
  • R represents the equivalent radius of the sound guide channel
  • L represents the length of the sound guide channel.
  • the equivalent radius is the radius of a circle that has the same area as the sound guide channel when the shape of the guide sound channel is approximately circular or non-circular.
  • the length of the acoustic channel may be less than or equal to 7 mm. In some embodiments, the length of the acoustic channel may be less than or equal to 6 mm. Preferably, the length of the sound guide channel may be between 2mm-5mm.
  • the distance between the outlet end of the sound guide channel and the inner wall (the inner surface of the top wall) of the housing 620 facing away from the skin contact area may be greater than or equal to 3 mm, Therefore, it is possible to avoid the inversion cancellation of the air-conducted sound waves at the outlet end of the sound-guiding channel by the sound leakage generated by the bottom wall of the casing 620 (ie, the end face of the casing 620 corresponding to the second chamber 624 ).
  • the cross-sectional area of the acoustic channel may be greater than or equal to 4.8 mm 2 .
  • the cross-sectional area of the sound guide channel may be greater than or equal to 8 mm 2 .
  • the cross-sectional area of the sound guide channel may gradually increase along the extension direction (ie, the transmission direction of the air-conducted sound wave (ie, in the direction away from the sound outlet 621 )), so that the sound guide channel can The setting is horn-shaped to facilitate guiding the air to conduct sound waves.
  • the cross-sectional area of the inlet end of the acoustic channel may be greater than or equal to 10 mm 2 .
  • the cross-sectional area of the outlet end of the acoustic channel may be greater than or equal to 15 mm 2 .
  • the length of the sound guiding channel may be 2.5 mm, and the cross-sectional areas of the inlet and outlet ends of the sound guiding channel may be 15 mm 2 and 25.3 mm 2 , respectively.
  • the ratio between the volume of the acoustic channel and the volume of the second chamber 624 may be between 0.05-0.9.
  • the volume of the second chamber 624 may be less than or equal to 400 mm 3 .
  • the volume of the second chamber 624 may be between 200 mm 3 -400 mm 3 .
  • the volume of the second chamber 624 may be 350 mm 3 .
  • FIGS. 7A-7E For a detailed description of the sound guide member, reference may be made to FIGS. 7A-7E .
  • FIG. 7A is an exemplary structural diagram of a sound guide member according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 7B is an exemplary structural diagram of a sound guide member according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 7C is an exemplary structural diagram of a sound guide member according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 7D is an exemplary structural diagram of a sound guide member according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 7E is an exemplary structural diagram of a sound guide member according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • various structural deformations of the sound guide component are respectively illustrated, and the main difference between them is the specific structure of the sound guide channel 741 . In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS.
  • the acoustic channel 741 may be a zigzag arrangement. In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 7D and 7E, the acoustic channel 741 may be a straight-through arrangement. Referring to FIGS. 7A to 7E , air-conducted acoustic waves (eg, frequency response, transmission path) may differ to some extent due to differences in the structure of the acoustic channel 741 . It should be noted that, the sound guiding channel 741 arranged in a bent manner may be bent in a straight line as shown in FIGS. 7A to 7C (eg, bent at a right angle). In some embodiments, the sound-guiding channel arranged in a bent manner may also be bent in a curved shape, for example, an arc-shaped bending and the like.
  • the sound exit direction of the sound guide channel 741 can point to the face of the user, and the distance from the outlet end of the sound guide channel 741 to the rear end of the housing 720 can be increased, thereby optimizing the The directivity and intensity of the aforementioned air-conducted sound waves.
  • the outlet end of the sound guide channel 741 is at the top of the sound guide channel 741 shown in FIG. 7A (the end face at b in FIG. 7 ).
  • the top of the sound guide channel 741 points to the face of the user department.
  • FIG. 7A the sound exit direction of the sound guide channel 741 can point to the face of the user, and the distance from the outlet end of the sound guide channel 741 to the rear end of the housing 720 can be increased, thereby optimizing the The directivity and intensity of the aforementioned air-conducted sound waves.
  • the outlet end of the sound guide channel 741 is at the top of the sound guide channel 741 shown in FIG. 7A (the end face at b in FIG. 7 ).
  • the sound exit direction of the sound guiding channel 741 may be directed to the user's auricle, so that the above-mentioned air-conducted sound waves are more easily collected by the auricle and enter the ear canal, thereby optimizing the intensity of the above-mentioned air-conducted sound waves .
  • the outlet end of the sound guiding channel 741 is at the side wall of the sound guiding channel 741 that faces away from the housing 720 shown in FIG. 7B .
  • the outlet end of the sound guiding channel 741 may point to the user's auricle. . In some embodiments, as shown in FIG.
  • the sound exit direction of the sound guide channel 741 may also be directed to the user's ear canal, so as to optimize the intensity of the aforementioned air-conducted sound waves.
  • the outlet end of the sound guide channel 741 may adopt an oblique outlet, and the arrangement of the oblique outlet at the outlet end of the sound guide channel in FIG. 7C can increase the sound guide channel relative to the arrangement of the outlet end of the sound guide channel in FIG. 7A .
  • the cross-sectional area of 741 is beneficial to the output of the above-mentioned air-conducted sound waves.
  • the inclined outlet here means that the outlet end of the sound guiding channel 741 has a certain angle (the included angle is greater than 0) relative to the width direction of the sound guiding channel 741 (the horizontal direction of the sound guiding channel shown in FIG. 7C ).
  • the outlet end of the sound guiding channel 741 may be directed to the user's ear canal.
  • the wall surface of the sound guide channel 741 may be flat, so that the sound guide channel 741 can be easily demolded during the manufacturing process.
  • the wall surface of the sound guide channel 741 may be a curved surface, which is beneficial to realize the acoustic impedance matching between the sound guide channel 741 and the air outside the acoustic output device, and further facilitates the above-mentioned air conduction sound wave output.
  • the cross-sectional area of a certain point of the sound guiding channel 741 may refer to the minimum area that can be intercepted when the sound guiding channel 741 is intercepted through this point.
  • a straight-through sound guiding channel may mean that from either the inlet end and the outlet end of the sound guiding channel, the entirety of the other can be observed. For example, referring to the straight-through sound guide channel shown in FIGS.
  • the length of the sound guide channel 741 can be calculated in the following way: first determine the geometric center (eg, point a) of the inlet end of the sound guide channel 741 and the geometry of the outlet end thereof center (for example, point b); and then connect the aforementioned geometric centers to form a line segment a-b, and the length of the line segment a-b can be regarded as the length of the sound guiding channel 741 .
  • the meandering sound guiding channel may mean that no one or only a part of the other can be observed from either the inlet end and the outlet end of the sound guiding channel. For example, referring to the curved sound guiding channel 741 shown in FIGS.
  • the curved sound guiding channel can be divided into two or more straight-through sub-guiding channels, and the straight-through sub-guiding channels can be divided into The sum of the lengths is used as the length of the curved sound guide channel.
  • the geometric center of the surface where the intermediate bend is located for example, points c1, c2 is further determined, and the aforementioned geometric centers are connected to form a line segment a-c1-b (or a-c1- c2-b), the length of the line segment can be regarded as the length of the sound guiding channel 741 .
  • the outlet end of the sound guide channel may be covered with a sound resistance net, and the sound resistance net may be used to adjust the sound resistance of the air-conducted sound waves outputted to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the sound outlet 621 , in order to weaken the peak resonant frequency of the resonant peak of the air-conducted sound wave in the middle and high frequency bands or high frequency bands, so that the frequency response curve is smoother.
  • the acoustic resistance net covered on the outlet end of the sound guide channel can separate the second chamber 624 from the outside of the acoustic output device 600 to a certain extent, thereby increasing the waterproof and dustproof performance of the acoustic output device 600 .
  • the acoustic resistance of the acoustic resistance net covered at the outlet end of the sound guide channel may be less than or equal to 400MKS rayls.
  • the acoustic resistance of the acoustic resistance mesh covered at the outlet end of the acoustic channel may be less than or equal to 350 MKS rayls.
  • the acoustic resistance of the acoustic resistance mesh covered at the outlet end of the acoustic channel may be less than or equal to 260 MKS rayls. In some embodiments, the acoustic resistance of the acoustic resistance mesh covered at the outlet end of the acoustic channel may be less than or equal to 150 MKS rayls. In some embodiments, the porosity of the acoustically resistive mesh may be greater than or equal to 7%. In some embodiments, the porosity of the acoustically resistive mesh may be greater than or equal to 13%. In some embodiments, the porosity of the acoustically resistive mesh may be greater than or equal to 18%.
  • the pore size of the acoustic resistive mesh may be greater than or equal to 10 ⁇ m. In some embodiments, the pore size of the acoustically resistive mesh may be greater than or equal to 18 ⁇ m. In some embodiments, the pore size of the acoustically resistive mesh may be greater than or equal to 25 ⁇ m.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic top-view structural diagram of an acoustic resistance net according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the acoustic resistance net can be woven from gauze wires, and the parameters of the gauze wires (eg, wire diameter, density, etc.) can affect the acoustic resistance of the acoustic impedance net.
  • every four intersecting gauze threads of the plurality of longitudinally spaced and transversely spaced gauze threads may enclose an aperture.
  • the area of the area enclosed by the center line of every four mesh lines can be defined as S1, and the area of the area (that is, the pores) actually enclosed by the inner edges of every four mesh lines can be defined as S2, and the porosity can be defined as S2. Defined as S2/S1.
  • the pore size may be expressed as the distance between any two adjacent yarn threads arranged longitudinally or transversely, for example, the side length of the pore, and the like.
  • the effective area of a certain through hole or opening introduced in this application can be defined as the product of its actual area and the porosity of the covered acoustic resistance net.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the sound guiding channel 741 is the product of the actual area of the outlet end of the sound guiding channel 741 and the porosity of the sound resistance net;
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the sound guide channel 741 is the actual area of the outlet end of the sound guide channel 741 .
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the through holes such as the pressure relief hole and the sound adjustment hole mentioned later can also be respectively defined as the product of the actual area and the corresponding porosity, which will not be repeated here.
  • the user In addition to hearing the bone conduction sound waves, the user mainly hears the air conduction sound waves that are output to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the sound outlet 621 and the sound guide channel, rather than the air conduction sound waves that are output to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the pressure relief hole 622 .
  • Air conducts sound waves.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the sound guide channel may be larger than the effective area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole 622 .
  • the size of the pressure relief hole 622 can affect the smoothness of the exhaust of the first chamber 623 and the difficulty of the vibration of the diaphragm 613, thereby affecting the air output to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the sound outlet 621 Acoustic expressiveness of conducted sound waves.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the sound guiding channel is constant (for example, the actual area of the outlet end of the sound guiding channel and/or the porosity of the acoustic resistance net is constant)
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole 622 is adjusted (for example, the , the actual area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole 622 and/or the acoustic resistance of the acoustic resistance net covered thereon) can change the air-conducted sound wave outputted to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the sound outlet 621 .
  • the exhaust of the first chamber 623 becomes smoother, and the peak resonance intensity of the low frequency band or the mid-low frequency band increases.
  • the exhaust gas of the first chamber 623 will be affected, so that the air-conducted sound waves output to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the sound outlet hole 621 are The low frequency (for example, 100Hz-200Hz) is reduced, and the frequency response curve at the low frequency is relatively flat.
  • the sound leakage at the pressure relief hole may decrease as the actual area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole increases and the acoustic resistance of the acoustic resistance mesh increases.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an air-conducted sound wave at a sound-guiding member of an acoustic output device with different configurations shown in some embodiments of the present application.
  • the frequency response curve 9-1 is the frequency response curve of the acoustic output device including the pressure relief hole with the actual area of 31.57 mm 2 and not covered with the acoustic resistance net at the sound guide member
  • the frequency response curve 9 -2 is the frequency response curve at the sound-guiding part of the acoustic output device including the pressure relief hole with an actual area of 2.76mm 2 and not covered with an acoustic resistance net.
  • the actual area of the pressure relief hole of the frequency response curve corresponding to the frequency response curve 9-1 is the largest, and the frequency response curve 9-1 corresponds to the frequency response curve 9-2 and the frequency response curve 9-3
  • the peak resonance intensity (for example, 98dB) of the low frequency band or the low frequency band is also the largest.
  • the exhaust of the first chamber 623 becomes smoother.
  • the peak resonance strength of the low frequency or mid-low frequency band increases.
  • the acoustic resistance of the acoustic resistance network corresponding to the frequency response curve 9-3 is the largest, and the frequency response curve 9-3 corresponds to the peak resonance of the low frequency band or the middle and low frequency bands corresponding to the frequency response curve 9-1 and the frequency response curve 9-2.
  • the intensity is the smallest.
  • the frequency response curve 9-3 is flatter in the low frequency or middle and low frequency bands.
  • the exhaust of the chamber 623 will be affected, so that the air-conducted sound waves output to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the sound outlet 621 are reduced at mid-low frequencies (eg, 100Hz-200Hz), and the frequency response curve at the mid-low frequencies is relatively flat.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an air-conducted sound wave output to the outside of the acoustic output device through the sound outlet according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the frequency response curve 10-1 is the frequency response curve at the sound outlet of the acoustic output device including the pressure relief hole with an actual area of 2.76 mm 2 and not covered with a sound resistance net.
  • the frequency response curve 10-2 is the frequency response curve of the acoustic output device including a pressure relief hole with an actual area of 31.57 mm 2 and covered with an acoustic resistance mesh with an acoustic resistance of 145 MKS rayls and a porosity of 14%.
  • the frequency response curve 10-3 is the frequency response curve at the sound outlet of the acoustic output device including a pressure relief hole with an actual area of 71.48 mm 2 and covered with an acoustic resistance mesh with an acoustic resistance of 290 MKS rayls and a porosity of 7%.
  • the actual area of the pressure relief hole of the frequency response curve corresponding to frequency response curve 10-3 is the largest, and the acoustic resistance of the corresponding acoustic resistance net is also larger, so that the effective area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole can be It is approximately the same, so that the exhaust patency at each pressure relief hole with a different actual area communicating with the first chamber is approximately the same, so that the acoustic output device with the pressure relief hole with different actual area outputs to the acoustic output through the sound outlet hole.
  • the flatness of the frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound wave outside the output device is approximately the same in the whole frequency band.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an air-conducted sound wave output to the outside of an acoustic output device through a pressure relief hole according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the frequency response curve 11-1 is the frequency response curve at the pressure relief hole of the acoustic output device including the pressure relief hole with an actual area of 2.76 mm 2 and not covered with an acoustic resistance net.
  • the frequency response curve 11-2 is the frequency response curve at the pressure relief hole of the acoustic output device including the pressure relief hole with an actual area of 31.57 mm 2 and covered with an acoustic resistance mesh with an acoustic resistance of 145 MKS rayls and a porosity of 14%.
  • the frequency response curve 11-3 is the frequency response curve at the pressure relief hole of the acoustic output device including the pressure relief hole with an actual area of 71.48 mm 2 and covered with an acoustic resistance mesh with an acoustic resistance of 290 MKS rayls and a porosity of 7%.
  • the frequency response curves of the air-conducted sound waves output from the acoustic output devices with different pressure relief holes to the outside of the acoustic output device through the sound outlet holes are approximately the same, the frequency response curves of the air-conducted sound waves output to the outside of the acoustic output device through different pressure relief holes are approximately the same.
  • the frequency response curves of air-conducted sound waves are different, and it can also be understood that the sound leakage at each pressure relief hole is different. Referring to Figure 11, the frequency response curves corresponding to the actual area of the pressure relief holes from large to small are frequency response curve 11-3, frequency response curve 11-2, frequency response curve 11-1, correspondingly, frequency response curve 11 -3.
  • the frequency response curve corresponding to frequency response curve 11-2 and frequency response curve 11-1 is moved down as a whole. It can be seen from Fig. 11 that with the increase of the actual area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole and the increase of the acoustic resistance of the acoustic resistance net, the frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound wave outputted to the outside of the acoustic output device through the pressure relief hole moves downward as a whole. It can also be understood that the sound leakage intensity at the pressure relief hole can be weakened with the increase of the actual area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole and the increase of the acoustic resistance of the acoustic resistance net.
  • the pressure relief hole size can be larger so that the resonance peak (Helmholtz resonance) of the first chamber of the housing can correspond to a higher frequency, in this way, the medium propagating from the pressure relief hole can be suppressed Sound leakage at low frequencies.
  • the larger the size of the pressure relief hole the smaller the acoustic impedance, and the smaller the sound pressure value of the air-conducted sound wave generated at the pressure relief hole, which can reduce the sound leakage at the pressure relief hole.
  • the size (ie, the actual area) of the pressure relief hole can be increased, and/or the acoustic resistance on the pressure relief hole can be increased under the condition that the frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound wave at the sound guiding member is kept substantially unchanged.
  • the acoustic resistance of the net is to make the sound leakage at the pressure relief hole as small as possible.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole is less than or equal to 2.76 mm 2
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole and the porosity of the acoustic resistance net can be increased to reduce the pressure relief hole. of sound leakage.
  • the single pressure relief hole 622 cannot be too large. Based on this, the pressure relief holes 622 may be provided at least one or at least two, for example, three.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the sound guide channel may be larger than the effective area of the outlet end of each pressure relief hole 622 , so that the user can hear the air conduction sound waves output to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the sound outlet hole 621 .
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the sound guide channel may be greater than the actual area of the outlet end of each pressure relief hole 622 .
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the sound guide channel may be greater than or equal to the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the pressure relief holes 622 .
  • the ratio between the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the pressure relief holes 622 and the effective area of the outlet ends of the sound guide channel may be greater than or equal to 0.08. In some embodiments, the ratio between the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the pressure relief holes 622 and the effective area of the outlet ends of the sound guide channels may be greater than or equal to 0.15. In some embodiments, the ratio between the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the pressure relief holes 622 and the effective area of the outlet ends of the sound guide channels may be greater than or equal to 0.25.
  • the ratio between the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the pressure relief holes 622 and the effective area of the outlet ends of the sound guide channel may be greater than or equal to 0.3.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the overall pressure relief hole 622 may be greater than or equal to 2.5 mm 2 to ensure smooth exhaust of the first chamber 623 , thereby facilitating the improvement of the output to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the sound outlet hole 621 The acoustic performance of the air conduction sound is improved, and the sound leakage at the pressure relief hole 622 is reduced.
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the acoustic channel may be greater than or equal to 4.8 mm 2 .
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the sound guide channel may be greater than or equal to 8 mm 2 .
  • the sum of the actual areas of the outlet ends of all pressure relief holes 622 may be greater than or equal to 2.6 mm 2 .
  • the actual area of the outlet ends of all pressure relief holes 622 may be greater than or equal to 10 mm 2 . Wherein, when the number of the pressure relief holes 622 is one, the sum of the actual areas of the outlet ends of all the pressure relief holes 622 is the actual area of the outlet end of one pressure relief hole 114 .
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the sound guide channel may be 25.3 mm 2 ; three pressure relief holes 622 may be provided, for example, the pressure relief holes 622 may include a first pressure relief hole, a second pressure relief hole, a third pressure relief hole Three pressure relief holes, the actual area of the outlet end of each pressure relief hole can be 11.4mm 2 , 8.4mm 2 , and 5.8mm 2 respectively.
  • the housing 620 may be provided with at least one sound adjustment hole 626 , and the sound adjustment hole 626 may be used to reduce standing waves generated by the acoustic output device 600 during operation.
  • the air-conducted acoustic waves also referred to as original air-conducted acoustic waves
  • the reflected air-conducted acoustic waves and the original air-conducted acoustic waves may form standing waves, resulting in distortion of the sound output at the sound outlet 621 .
  • the sound adjustment hole 626 may be located on a side wall that is not adjacent to the side wall of the housing where the sound outlet hole 621 is located. In some embodiments, the sound adjustment hole 626 may be located on one or more side walls adjacent to the side wall where the sound outlet hole 621 is located.
  • housing 620 may include at least four side walls that are physically connected in sequence.
  • the sound outlet hole 621 may be provided on the first side wall, and the pressure relief hole 622 may be provided on the second side wall which is not adjacent to the first side wall.
  • the first side wall and the second side wall may be substantially parallel.
  • the sound-tuning holes 626 may be provided on the second side wall, the third side wall, the fourth side wall, and the like.
  • the third sidewall and the fourth sidewall may be adjacent to the first sidewall.
  • the size (eg, area) of the tuning holes 626 may be 1 mm 2 -50 mm 2 .
  • the size of the tuning holes 626 may be 5mm 2 -30mm 2 .
  • the size of the tuning holes 626 may be 10mm 2 -20mm 2 .
  • the sound adjustment hole 626 can also be located on the side wall opposite to the side wall of the housing where the sound outlet hole 621 is located, wherein the sound adjustment hole 626 can add the second chamber 624 and/or the first chamber
  • the resonant frequency of the air in 623 may be the same.
  • the resonant frequency of the air in the second chamber 624 and/or the first chamber 623 may be equal to or greater than 4000 Hz, or equal to or greater than 5000 Hz, or the like.
  • the resonant frequency of the air in the second chamber 624 may be in the range of 5500Hz-6000Hz, or in the range of 4000Hz-6000Hz, etc. In some embodiments, the resonant frequency of the air in the first chamber 623 may be in the range of 4500Hz-5000Hz, or in the range of 4000Hz-5000Hz, or the like.
  • the tuning holes 626 may be through holes. At least one of the one or more tuning holes 626 may be covered with an acoustically resistive material (eg, tuning cotton).
  • the acoustically resistive material may include an acoustical impedance in the range of 5MKS rays-500MKS rays, or an acoustical impedance in the range of 10MKS rays-260MKS rays, or an acoustical impedance in the range of 20MKS rays-200MKS rays Wait.
  • damping structures may be provided at the sound tuning holes 626 in order to increase the volume of sound output by the sound channel and reduce the volume of sound leakage at the sound tuning holes 626 .
  • the damping structure at the sound-tuning holes 626 may be configured to improve acoustic resistance and modulate (eg, reduce) the amplitude of sound waves leaking from the sound-tuning holes 626 .
  • the sound wave leaked from the sound adjustment hole 626 When the amplitude of the sound wave leaked from the sound adjustment hole 626 is the same or approximately the same as the amplitude of the sound wave leaked from the pressure relief hole 622, the sound wave leaked from the sound adjustment hole 626 and the sound wave leaked from the pressure relief hole 622 can cancel each other, and the sound leakage can be reduced at this time. , to increase the sound output of the sound channel. It should be noted that, in some embodiments, the number of sound adjustment holes 626 and the number of pressure relief holes 622 may be the same or different.
  • the number of the at least one sound adjustment hole 626 may be one, for example, the at least one sound adjustment hole 626 may include a first sound adjustment hole, and the sound outlet hole 621 and the first sound adjustment hole are respectively provided in the housing 620 the first side wall and the second side wall. In some embodiments, the number of the at least one sound adjustment hole 626 may be two, for example, the at least one sound adjustment hole 626 may further include a second sound adjustment hole, and the second sound adjustment hole may be provided in the third sound adjustment hole of the housing 620 side wall or fourth side wall.
  • the diaphragm 631 may not be connected to the bone conduction acoustic assembly 610 , and the peripheral side of the diaphragm 631 is directly physically connected to the inner wall of the casing 620 , thereby dividing the chamber inside the casing 620 into the first chamber 623 and the second chamber 624.
  • the number of the diaphragms 631 may be multiple, for example, two or three, and the multiple diaphragms may be physically connected with the magnetic circuit system 611 of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 610 to connect the cavity inside the housing 620
  • the chamber is divided into a first chamber 623 and a second chamber 624 .
  • FIG. 20B and FIG. 20C which will not be repeated here.
  • 12A is a schematic diagram of sound pressure distribution of the second chamber when the acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application is not provided with sound adjustment holes.
  • 12B is a schematic diagram of the sound pressure distribution of the second chamber when the acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application is provided with sound adjustment holes.
  • the sound guide channel can communicate with the second chamber through the sound outlet hole, thereby forming a typical Helmholtz resonance cavity structure and having one or more resonance peaks.
  • the distribution of sound pressure in the second chamber when the Helmholtz resonant cavity structure resonates can be studied. 12A and FIG. 6 , a high-pressure area (the darker area in FIG.
  • a low-pressure area close to the sound-outlet 621 (the darker color in FIG. 12A ) can be formed in the second chamber 624 .
  • Shallow area wherein the high pressure area refers to the area with higher sound pressure in the second chamber, and the low pressure area refers to the area where the sound pressure in the second chamber is at the bottom.
  • the Helmholtz resonant cavity structure when the Helmholtz resonant cavity structure resonates, it may be considered that a standing wave occurs within the second chamber 624 .
  • the wavelength of the standing wave corresponds to the size of the second chamber 624. For example, the larger the size of the second chamber 624 is (ie, the longer the distance between the low pressure region and the high pressure region), the longer the wavelength of the standing wave is.
  • the Helmholtz resonant cavity structure The longer, the lower the resonant frequency of the Helmholtz resonant cavity structure.
  • the Helmholtz resonant cavity structure by destroying the high-voltage region, the sound originally reflected in the high-voltage region cannot be reflected, so that standing waves cannot be formed.
  • the Helmholtz resonant cavity structure resonates, the high-voltage region in the second chamber 624 will move inward toward the low-voltage region, so that the wavelength of the standing wave is shortened, thereby causing the Helmholtz resonance The resonant frequency of the cavity structure is increased.
  • the way of destroying the high-pressure region may include, but is not limited to, arranging a through hole (ie, the sound-adjusting hole 626 ) in the high-pressure region that communicates with the second chamber 624.
  • the way of destroying the high-pressure region may be: A pipe or the like that communicates with the outside of the acoustic output device 600 is provided.
  • the frequency response curve 13-1 is the frequency response curve at the sound guiding member of the acoustic output device when the sound adjustment hole is in a closed state.
  • the frequency response curve 13-2 is the frequency response curve at the sound-guiding member of the acoustic output device when the actual area of the sound-tuning hole is 1.7 mm 2 .
  • the frequency response curve 13-3 is the frequency response curve at the sound-guiding member of the acoustic output device when the actual area of the sound-tuning hole is 2.8 mm 2 .
  • the frequency response curve 13-4 is the frequency response curve at the sound-guiding part of the acoustic output device when the actual area of the sound-tuning hole is 28.44 mm 2 .
  • the sound adjusting hole 626 can be disposed in the high pressure area in the second chamber 624 , so that the sound adjusting hole 626 can effectively destroy the high pressure area.
  • the sound adjustment hole 626 may be provided on the side wall of the casing 620 opposite to the side wall of the casing 620 where the sound outlet hole 621 and the sound guide channel are located. Referring to FIG.
  • the frequency response curves corresponding to the actual area of the sound adjustment hole 626 from large to small are frequency response curve 13-4, frequency response curve 13-3, frequency response curve 13-2, and frequency response curve 13-1.
  • the frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound wave at the sound-guiding component moves downward as a whole, that is to say, in the whole frequency band, the air-conducting sound wave output from the sound-guiding component at the sound-guiding component
  • the intensity decreases with the increase of the actual area of the outlet end of the tuning hole.
  • the frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound wave output to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the sound outlet 621 may have a resonance peak.
  • adjusting the actual area of the outlet end of the sound-tuning hole 626 can control the damage degree of the sound-tuning hole 626 to the above-mentioned high-voltage region, and then adjust the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak.
  • the peak resonant frequency of the resonant peak when the sound tuning hole 626 is in the open state is shifted to a higher frequency than the peak resonant frequency of the resonant peak when the sound tuning hole 626 is in the closed state, and the offset may be Greater than or equal to 500Hz.
  • the aforementioned offset is greater than or equal to 1 kHz.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak when the sound-tuning hole 626 is in an open state may be greater than or equal to 2 kHz, so that the acoustic output device 600 has a better voice output effect.
  • the peak resonance frequency may be greater than or equal to 3.5 kHz. More preferably, the peak resonance frequency may be greater than or equal to 4.5 kHz.
  • the fact that the sound adjustment hole 626 is in the open state here may refer to the situation that the sound adjustment hole is provided on the housing 620 and the sound adjustment hole is working normally.
  • the fact that the sound adjustment hole 626 is in the closed state may refer to a situation in which no sound adjustment hole is provided on the housing 620 or a sound adjustment hole is provided on the housing 620 but is closed and cannot work normally.
  • the single sound adjustment hole 626 cannot be too large. Based on this, at least one sound adjustment hole 626 may be provided, for example, the first sound adjustment hole and the second sound adjustment hole included in the foregoing sound adjustment hole 626 . In some embodiments, the sound adjustment hole 626 may also be located in any region between the high pressure region and the low pressure region in the second chamber 624 , which is not limited herein.
  • At least part of the outlet end of the sound-tuning hole 626 may be covered with a sound-resistance net, so that the sound-tuning hole 626 can destroy the high-pressure region in the second chamber 624 while avoiding the sound from the sound-tuning as much as possible. Leaks out at hole 626 .
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an air-conducted sound wave at the sound-guiding component according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • the frequency response curve 14-1 is the frequency response curve at the sound guiding member of the acoustic output device when no sound adjustment holes are provided.
  • the frequency response curve 14-2 is the frequency response curve at the sound-guiding component of the acoustic output device when the sound-tuning hole is not provided with a sound-resistance net.
  • the frequency response curve 14-3 is the frequency response curve at the sound guide part of the acoustic output device when the acoustic resistance of the acoustic resistance net covered at the sound adjustment hole is 145MKS rayls. Referring to FIGS.
  • an acoustic resistance net is added at the outlet end of the sound adjustment hole 626, so that there is no significant reflected sound wave (ie, no standing wave) at the sound adjustment hole 626 in the second chamber 624, thereby making the second cavity 624 free
  • the high pressure area within chamber 624 is displaced.
  • adding a sound resistance net to the outlet end of the sound adjustment hole 626 can also prevent the sound from leaking out of the sound adjustment hole 626 to a certain extent, so that more sound can be output to the acoustic output device through the sound outlet hole 621 600 exterior. It can be seen from FIG. 14 that the peak resonance intensity of the mid-low frequency band of the frequency response curve 14-3 is enhanced compared to the peak resonance intensity of the mid-low frequency band of the frequency response curve 14-2.
  • adding a sound resistance net to the outlet end of the sound adjustment hole 626 can significantly increase the peak resonance intensity of the low frequency band (eg, 90Hz-200Hz) in the frequency response curve, and increase the volume of air-conducted sound waves.
  • the peak resonance intensity of the high frequency band (for example, 500Hz-1000Hz) is reduced to a certain extent, which makes the frequency response curve flatter in the high frequency band, and the sound quality of the high frequency is more balanced.
  • adjusting the effective area of the outlet end of the sound adjustment hole 626 (for example, the actual area of the outlet end of the sound adjustment hole 626 and/or the acoustic resistance of the acoustic resistance net covered thereon) can make the sound hole 626 pass through the sound outlet. 621 Changes in air-conducted acoustic waves output to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 .
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the first sound adjustment hole may be larger than the effective area of the outlet end of the second sound adjustment hole.
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the first sound tuning hole may be larger than the actual area of the outlet end of the second sound tuning hole.
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the first sound tuning hole may be greater than or equal to 3.8 mm 2
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the second sound tuning hole may be greater than or equal to 2.8 mm 2 .
  • the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the sound-tuning holes may be greater than or equal to 1.5 mm 2 .
  • the outlet ends of the first sound-adjusting hole and the second sound-adjusting hole are respectively covered with acoustic resistance nets, and the porosity may be greater than or equal to 13%. In some embodiments, the porosity of the outlet ends of the first sound-adjusting hole and the second sound-adjusting hole respectively covered with the acoustic resistance nets may be less than or equal to 16%.
  • the phases of the air-conducted sound waves outputted to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the pressure relief holes 622 and the sound outlet holes 621 respectively may be opposite, so the pressure relief holes 622 may be disposed away from the sound outlet holes 621 .
  • the pressure relief hole 622 and the sound outlet hole 621 may be located on two opposite side walls of the housing 620, respectively.
  • the area where the sound outlet hole 621 is located can be regarded as a low pressure area in the second chamber 624 , and the distance in the second chamber 624 is far from where the sound outlet hole 621 is located.
  • the region furthest from the region can be considered as a high pressure region within the second chamber 624 .
  • the sound-tuning hole 626 may preferably be disposed in the high-pressure area in the second chamber 624 to destroy the original high-pressure area and move it to the low-pressure area.
  • the output is output to the acoustic output device 600 through the pressure relief hole 622 and the sound adjustment hole 626 respectively.
  • the phases of the external air conduction sound waves can be opposite, so the sound leakage of the pressure relief hole 622 and the sound adjustment hole 626 can be reduced by means of destructive interference.
  • at least part of the pressure relief hole 622 and at least part of the sound adjustment hole 626 may be disposed adjacent to each other (eg, at least part of the pressure relief hole 622 and at least part of the sound adjustment hole 626 may be disposed adjacent to the casing 620 , respectively).
  • the separation distance between the pressure relief hole 622 and the sound adjustment hole 626 may be as small as possible.
  • the spacing distance between the adjacently disposed pressure relief holes 622 and the sound adjustment holes 626 may be less than or equal to 2 mm.
  • the minimum distance between the contours of the outlet ends of the adjacent pressure relief holes 622 and the sound adjustment holes 626 may be less than or equal to 2 mm.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of sound leakage of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the frequency response curve 15 - 1 is a leakage sound curve having a first peak resonance frequency f1 of 3500 Hz and a second peak resonance frequency f2 of 5600 Hz.
  • the frequency response curve 15-2 is a leakage sound curve having a first peak resonance frequency f1 of 4500 Hz and a second peak resonance frequency f2 of 5600 Hz.
  • the frequency response curve 15-3 is a leakage sound response curve having a first peak resonance frequency f1 of 5000 Hz and a second peak resonance frequency f2 of 5600 Hz. Referring to FIG.
  • the frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound wave outputted to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the pressure relief hole 622 may have a first resonance peak, corresponding to the first peak resonance frequency f1; output to the acoustic output device 600 through the sound adjustment hole 926
  • the frequency response curve of the external air-conducted acoustic wave has a second resonance peak, corresponding to the two-peak resonance frequency f2.
  • the peak resonance frequency f1 of the first resonance peak and the peak resonance frequency f2 of the second resonance peak may be respectively greater than or equal to 2 kHz, and
  • the wider the frequency band width (that is, the frequency response of the sound leakage) can be reduced.
  • the curve becomes relatively flat), so that the sound leakage of the acoustic output device 600 is reduced, which can also be understood as the effect of destructive interference of the air-conducted sound waves output to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the pressure relief hole 622 and the sound adjustment hole 626 respectively. the better.
  • the peak resonance frequency f1 of the first resonance peak and the peak resonance frequency f2 of the second resonance peak may be greater than or equal to 3.5k, respectively, and
  • a high frequency band eg, 2kHz-4kHz
  • the wavelength of the standing wave in the first chamber 623 is relatively long due to a structure such as a coil support provided in the first chamber 623 .
  • the sound-tuning hole 626 and the sound-exiting hole 621 can destroy the high-pressure region from each other, so that the wavelength of the standing wave in the second chamber 624 is relatively short. Therefore, the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak may be smaller than the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak.
  • the peak resonant frequency of the first resonant peak can be shifted to a high frequency to be close to the peak resonant frequency of the second resonant peak, so that the output to the acoustic output device through the pressure relief hole 622 and the sound adjustment hole 626 respectively Air-conducted sound waves outside the 600 are better able to destructively interfere.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole 622 in the adjacently disposed pressure relief hole 622 and the sound adjustment hole 626 may be greater than the effective area of the outlet end of the sound adjustment hole 626 .
  • the ratio between the effective area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole 622 and the effective area of the outlet end of the sound adjustment hole 626 in the adjacently disposed pressure relief holes 622 and the sound adjustment holes 626 may be less than or equal to 2.
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole 622 in the adjacently disposed pressure relief hole 622 and the sound adjustment hole 626 may be larger than the actual area of the outlet end of the sound adjustment hole 626 .
  • the outlet ends of the adjacently arranged pressure relief holes 622 and sound adjustment holes 626 may also be covered with a first acoustic resistance net and a second acoustic resistance net, respectively, and the porosity of the first acoustic resistance net may be greater than The porosity of the second acoustic resistive mesh.
  • the sound leakage of the sound adjustment hole 626 can also be reduced by adjusting the actual area, effective area or acoustic resistance of the sound guide channel of the sound guide member 640 (shown in FIG. 6 ).
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the sound guide channel may be larger than the effective area of the outlet end of each sound adjustment hole at all the shells that communicate with the second chamber, so that the user can hear the output to the acoustics through the sound outlet hole.
  • the air outside the output device conducts sound waves.
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the sound guide channel may be larger than the actual area of the outlet end of each sound adjustment hole.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the sound guide channel may be greater than the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the sound adjustment holes. In some embodiments, the ratio between the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the sound adjustment holes and the effective area of the outlet ends of the sound guide channel may be greater than or equal to 0.08. In some embodiments, the ratio between the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the sound-tuning holes and the effective area of the outlet ends of the sound guide channel may be greater than or equal to 0.1. In some embodiments, the ratio between the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the sound-tuning holes and the effective area of the outlet ends of the sound guide channel may be greater than or equal to 0.15.
  • the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all the sound-tuning holes may be greater than or equal to 1.5 mm 2 .
  • the sum of the effective areas of the outlet ends of all sound adjustment holes is also the effective area of the outlet end of one sound adjustment hole.
  • FIG. 16A is a cross-sectional view of a housing of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • 16B is a cross-sectional view of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • 16C is a left side view of a housing of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • 16D is a top view of a housing of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 16A can be regarded as a cross-sectional view of the first chamber
  • Figure 16B can be seen as a cross-sectional view of the second chamber.
  • a housing may include a first side wall 6231 and a second side wall 6232 on opposite sides of a bone conduction acoustic assembly (eg, bone conduction acoustic assembly 610), and a connection
  • the first sidewall 6231 and the second sidewall 6232 and the third sidewall 6233 and the fourth sidewall 6234 are spaced apart from each other.
  • the third side wall 6233 and the fourth side wall 6234 may be arranged in an arc shape such that the housing (eg, housing 620 ) is arranged in a racetrack shape as a whole.
  • the first side wall 6231 may be closer to the user's ear than the second side wall 6232 , and the third side wall 6233 may be closer to the fixing component of the acoustic output device 600 than the fourth side wall 6234 (eg, , ear hooks, etc.).
  • a sound outlet eg, the sound outlet 621
  • the sound guide channel Air outside the output device eg, acoustic device 600 conducts sound waves.
  • the first pressure relief hole 6221 and the first sound adjustment hole 6261 may be respectively disposed on the second side wall 6232 so as to be further away from the sound outlet hole (eg, the sound outlet hole 621 ).
  • the second pressure relief hole 6222 and the second sound adjustment hole 6262 may be respectively disposed in one of the third side wall 6233 and the fourth side wall 6234, and the third pressure relief hole 6223 may be disposed in the third side wall 6233 and the other of the fourth side wall 6234.
  • the pressure relief holes may include a first pressure relief hole 6221 and a second pressure relief hole 6222 .
  • the first pressure relief hole 6221 may be disposed farther from the sound outlet hole 621 (shown in FIG. 16B ) than the second pressure relief hole 6222 .
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the first pressure relief hole 6221 may be larger than the effective area of the outlet end of the second pressure relief hole 6222 .
  • the size of the housing (eg, the housing 620 ) and the exhaust requirements of the first chamber (eg, the first chamber 623 ) can be taken into account, and the first pressure relief hole 6221 with a relatively large exhaust volume can be fully exhausted. It is possible to stay away from the sound outlet (eg, the sound outlet 621 ), thereby reducing the influence of the sound leakage at the pressure relief hole 622 on the air-conducted sound waves at the sound outlet (eg, the sound outlet 621 ).
  • the pressure relief hole 622 may further include a third pressure relief hole 6223. Compared with the third pressure relief hole 6223, the first pressure relief hole 6221 may also be disposed away from the sound outlet hole (eg, the sound outlet hole 621).
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the second pressure relief hole 6222 may be larger than the effective area of the outlet end of the third pressure relief hole 6223 .
  • the sound outlet hole (eg, the sound outlet hole 621) and the first pressure relief hole 6221 may be located on opposite sides of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 610, and the second pressure relief hole 6222 and the third pressure relief hole 6223 may be located on opposite sides of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 610. They are arranged opposite to each other, and may be located between the sound outlet hole 621 and the first pressure relief hole 6221 .
  • At least part of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole may be covered with an acoustic resistance mesh to facilitate adjusting the effective area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole (eg, pressure relief hole 622 ).
  • the outlet ends of the pressure relief holes are respectively covered with acoustic resistance nets with the same acoustic resistance as an example for illustrative description. Based on this, the corresponding effective area can be obtained by adjusting the actual area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole (eg, the pressure relief hole 622 ).
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the first pressure relief hole 6221 may be larger than the actual area of the outlet end of the second pressure relief hole 6222, and the actual area of the outlet end of the second pressure relief hole 6222 may be larger than that of the third pressure relief hole The actual area of the outlet end of the hole 6223.
  • the sound-tuning holes may include a first sound-tuning hole 6261 and a second sound-tuning hole 6262 .
  • the first sound adjustment hole 6261 may be disposed farther from the sound outlet hole (eg, the sound outlet hole 621 ) than the second sound adjustment hole 6262 .
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the first sound adjustment hole 6261 may be larger than the effective area of the outlet end of the second sound adjustment hole 6262 , so as to destroy the high pressure region in the second chamber 624 .
  • the housing 620 it is possible to take into account the size of the housing 620 and the requirement of the sound-tuning hole 626 to destroy the high-pressure region of the second chamber 624, and to make the resonant frequency of the air-conducted sound wave at the sound hole (eg, the sound-out hole 621 ) as high as possible , and the first sound-adjusting hole 6261 with a relatively large degree of damage can be kept away from the sound-outlet hole (eg, the sound-outlet hole 621 ) as far as possible.
  • the sound exit holes eg, the sound exit holes 621
  • the first sound adjustment holes 6261 may be located on opposite sides of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 610
  • the second sound adjustment holes 6262 may be located at opposite sides of the bone conduction acoustic assembly 610 .
  • the sound exit hole for example, the sound exit hole 621
  • the first sound adjustment hole 6261 may be located between the sound exit hole (for example, the sound exit hole 621 .
  • the outlet end of the sound adjusting hole may be covered with an acoustic resistance net, so as to adjust the effective area of the outlet end of the sound adjusting hole (eg, the sound adjusting hole 626 ).
  • the present embodiment is exemplified by taking an example that the outlet ends of the sound adjusting holes (for example, the sound adjusting holes 626 ) are respectively covered with acoustic resistance nets with the same acoustic resistance. Based on this, the corresponding effective area can be obtained by adjusting the actual area of the outlet end of the sound adjusting hole (eg, the sound adjusting hole 626 ).
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the first sound adjustment hole 6261 may be larger than the actual area of the outlet end of the second sound adjustment hole 6262 .
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the first sound adjustment hole 6261 may be greater than or equal to 3.8 mm 2 ; and/or the actual area of the outlet end of the second sound adjustment hole 6262 may be greater than or equal to 2.8 mm 2 .
  • the first pressure relief hole 6221 and the first sound adjustment hole 6261 may be disposed adjacent to each other, and the second pressure relief hole 6222 and the second sound adjustment hole 6262 may also be disposed adjacent to each other.
  • the air conduction sound waves output to the outside of the acoustic output device through the first pressure relief hole 6221 and the first sound adjustment hole 6261 respectively can be coherently canceled, and output through the second pressure relief hole 6222 and the second sound adjustment hole 6262 respectively.
  • Air-conducted sound waves to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 can also be coherently canceled.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the first pressure relief hole 6221 may be larger than the effective area of the outlet end of the first sound adjustment hole 6261, so that the air-conducted sound waves output to the outside of the acoustic output device through the first pressure relief hole 6221 are The peak resonant frequency is shifted as far as possible to high frequencies, so as to be as close as possible to the peak resonant frequency of the air-conducted sound wave outputted to the outside of the acoustic output device through the first sound adjustment hole 6261, so that the first pressure relief hole 6221 and the The air conduction sound waves output from the first sound adjustment hole 6261 to the outside of the acoustic output device can be better coherently canceled.
  • the effective area of the outlet end of the second pressure relief hole 6222 may be larger than the effective area of the outlet end of the second sound-adjusting hole 6262, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second pressure relief hole 6222 and the third pressure relief hole are similar to the sound hole (eg, sound hole 626 ) destroying the high pressure region within the second chamber (eg, second chamber 624 ) 6223 will destroy the high pressure region in the first chamber (eg, the first chamber 623 ), so that the wavelength of the standing wave in the first chamber (eg, the first chamber 623 ) is reduced, so that the first pressure relief
  • the peak resonant frequency of the air-conducted sound wave output from the hole 6221 to the outside of the acoustic output device can be shifted to high frequencies to better coherently cancel the air-conducted sound wave output to the outside of the acoustic output device through the first sound-tuning hole 6261 .
  • the above offset may be greater than or equal to 500 Hz, and the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak may be greater than or equal to 2 kHz. Preferably, the above offset may be greater than or equal to 1 kHz.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the air-conducted acoustic wave outputted to the outside of the acoustic output device through the second pressure relief hole 6222 can also be shifted to high frequencies.
  • the frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound wave output to the outside of the acoustic output device 600 through the pressure relief hole 622 disposed adjacent to the sound adjustment hole (for example, the sound adjustment hole 626) has a resonance peak, which is different from the sound adjustment hole (for example, the sound adjustment hole 626).
  • the peak resonant frequency of the resonance peak when the other (for example, the pressure relief hole 622 ) adjacent to the pressure relief hole (for example, the pressure relief hole 622 ) is in the open state is compared with other pressure relief holes
  • the peak resonant frequency of the resonant peak when the hole 622 is in the closed state is shifted to high frequencies.
  • the peak resonant frequency of the resonant peak when the other (eg, the pressure relief hole 622 ) is in the open state may be greater than or equal to 2 kHz.
  • the fact that the pressure relief hole 622 is in an open state here may refer to a situation in which a pressure relief hole is provided on the housing 620 and the pressure relief hole works normally.
  • the fact that the pressure relief hole 622 is in a closed state may refer to a situation in which there is no pressure relief hole on the casing 620 or a pressure relief hole is formed on the casing 620 but is closed and cannot work normally.
  • the quantity, size, shape and/or position of one or more additional acoustic structures eg, sound exit holes, sound guide channels, pressure relief holes, sound adjustment holes, etc.
  • the number, size, shape and/or location of the one or more additional acoustic structures may be optimized according to the sound leakage of the acoustic output device.
  • the optimization method may be performed according to the frequency response curve of the acoustic output device provided in this specification.
  • the spatial arrangement of the bone conduction acoustic assembly and the air conduction acoustic assembly and/or one or more components of the air conduction acoustic assembly and the bone conduction acoustic assembly may not be limited.
  • the spatial arrangement of the bone conduction acoustic assembly and the air conduction acoustic assembly may vary according to actual needs.
  • the position of the diaphragm in the air conduction acoustic assembly, the orientation of the diaphragm eg, the direction of the front side of the casing), etc., can be changed according to actual needs, which are not limited herein.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 18A is a schematic structural diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 18B is a schematic structural diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the bone conduction acoustic component in the acoustic output device may include a coil support 1510 , a magnetic circuit component 1520 , a coil component and an elastic member 1540 .
  • the elastic member 1540 may include one or more of spring sheets, springs, rubber sheets, silicone sheets, and the like.
  • the coil holder 1510 and the central area of the elastic member 1540 may be physically connected with the magnetic circuit assembly 1520 to suspend the magnetic circuit assembly 1520 within the housing 1601 .
  • the acoustic output device may include a diaphragm 1503 that is physically connected to the housing 1601 and/or the magnetic circuit assembly 1520 and divides the interior of the housing 1601 into a first chamber 1610 and a second chamber Room 1620.
  • the coil assembly may be connected to the coil support 1510 , the magnetic circuit assembly 1520 may form a magnetic gap 1550 , and the coil assembly 1530 may be disposed in the first chamber 1610 and protrude into the magnetic gap 1550 .
  • the coil assembly may be provided with a communication hole 1606 that communicates the inside and the outside of the coil assembly.
  • the coil assembly may include a coil 1530 and a coil holder 1510.
  • the coil holder 1510 is used to connect the coil 1530 and the housing 1601, and make the coil 1530 extend into the magnetic gap 1550.
  • the communication hole 1606 may be provided in the coil holder 1510. .
  • the magnetic circuit assembly 1520 may include a magnetic conductor (eg, a magnetic conductive cover 1521) and a magnet 1522, which cooperate to form a magnetic field.
  • the magnetic conductive cover 1521 may include a bottom plate 1523 and a side plate 1524 .
  • the bottom plate 1523 and the side plate 1524 may be an integrally connected structure.
  • the magnet 1522 can be disposed in the side plate 1524 and fixed on the bottom plate 1523, and the side of the magnet 1522 facing away from the bottom plate 1523 can be connected with the middle area of the elastic member 1540 through the connecting piece 1525, so that the coil 1530 can protrude into the middle area of the elastic piece 1540.
  • the magnet 1522 may be a magnet group formed by a plurality of sub-magnets.
  • a magnetic conducting plate (not marked in the figure) may also be provided on the side of the magnet 1522 away from the bottom plate 1523 .
  • the peripheral area of the elastic member 1540 is connected with the housing 1601, thereby suspending the magnetic circuit assembly 1520 in the housing 1601, and the communication hole 1606 is located on the side of the spring piece 1540 away from the skin contact area.
  • the coil support 1510 may include a main body part 1511 and a first support part 1512 , one end of the first support part 1512 is connected with the main body part 1511 , and the coil 1530 is connected with the other end of the first support part 1512 away from the main body part 1511 , the communication hole 1606 may be located at the connection between the main body part 1511 and the first bracket part 1512 .
  • the main body portion 1511 may be connected with the peripheral area of the spring piece 1540 , and the main body portion 1511 and the spring piece 1540 may form an integral structure, for example, an integral structural member based on a metal insert injection molding process.
  • the coil support 1510 may further include a second support part 1513 connected with the main body part 1511 , the second support part 1513 surrounds the first support part 1512 and faces the main body part 1511 in the same direction as the first support part 1512 lateral extension.
  • the second bracket part 1513 and the main body part 1511 may be connected to the housing 1601 together to increase the connection strength between the coil bracket 1510 and the housing 1601 .
  • the first support portion 1512 and/or the second support portion 1513 may be a continuous and complete structure in the circumferential direction of the coil support 1510 to increase the structural strength of the coil support 1510, or may be partially discontinuous structure to avoid other structural parts.
  • the bone conduction component when the bone conduction component vibrates, it will drive the air in the first chamber 1610 to vibrate, causing the pressure in the first chamber 1610 to change, so that the air in the first chamber 1610 will pass through the vent. Press hole 1604 discharges.
  • the exhaust of the air in the first chamber 1610 needs to bypass the coil assembly, and its path can be shown by the dashed arrow in FIG. 18A , which causes the wavelength of the standing wave in the first chamber 1610 to be relatively long, which is not conducive to the output through the pressure relief hole 1604
  • the peak resonant frequency of air-conducted acoustic waves to the outside of the acoustic output device is shifted toward high frequencies.
  • the communication hole 1606 opened on the coil assembly can enable the air in the first chamber 1610 to directly pass through the coil assembly during the exhaust process.
  • the opening of the communication hole 1606 on the coil assembly can increase the exhaust efficiency of the first chamber 1610 .
  • the opening of the communication hole 1606 in the coil assembly can also reduce the wavelength of the standing wave in the first chamber 1610 , so that the peak resonant frequency of the air-conducted sound wave outputted to the outside of the acoustic output device through the pressure relief hole 1604 is shifted to a high frequency.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram comparing the frequency response curves of the air-conducted sound waves at the pressure relief holes before and after the communication holes are provided in the acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the dashed line represents the frequency response curve of the air-conducted acoustic wave at the pressure relief hole when the communication hole (eg, the communication hole 1606 ) is not provided.
  • the solid line represents the frequency response curve of the air-conducted acoustic wave at the pressure relief hole (eg, the communication hole 1606 ) when the communication hole is provided.
  • the frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound wave output to the outside of the acoustic output device through the pressure relief hole 1604 at the housing 1601 that communicates with the first chamber 1610 may have a resonance peak, and the communication hole 1606 is at The peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak in the open state (ie, the curve indicated by the solid line in FIG. 19 ) is compared with the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak when the communication hole 1215 is in the closed state (ie, the curve indicated by the broken line in FIG. 19 ). Offset to high frequency, and the offset can be greater than or equal to 500Hz.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak when the communication hole 1606 is in the open state may be greater than or equal to 2 kHz.
  • the fact that the communication hole 1215 is in an open state here may refer to a situation in which the acoustic output device is provided with a communication hole and the communication hole is working normally.
  • the fact that the communication hole 1215 is in a closed state may refer to a situation in which there is no communication hole in the acoustic output device or a communication hole 1215 is provided on the acoustic output device but is closed and cannot work normally.
  • the coil assembly is disposed in the first chamber 1610 and extends into the magnetic gap 1550 of the magnetic circuit assembly 1520 .
  • the coil assembly can be arranged in a ring shape, and is provided with a communication hole 1606 that communicates the inside and the outside of the coil assembly, so as to shorten the path of air exhaust in the first chamber 1610 .
  • the communication hole 1606 may be located on a portion of the coil assembly outside the magnetic gap 1550 of the magnetic circuit assembly 1520 .
  • the coil assembly may include a coil support 1510 and a coil 1530 connected to the coil support 1510 , and the coil support 1510 is used to fix the coil 1530 on the housing 1610 and make The coil 1530 extends into the magnetic gap 1550 of the magnetic circuit system 1520 .
  • the communication hole 1606 may be provided in the coil support 1510 . Further, the communication hole 1606 may be located on the side of the elastic member 1540 away from the skin contact area, so as to shorten the path of the air in the first chamber 1610 being exhausted.
  • the communication hole may also be located at the connection between the first bracket part 1511 and the second bracket part 1512 .
  • the number of the communication holes may be one or more, and the one or more communication holes may be arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the coil assembly.
  • the cross-sectional area of each communication hole 1606 may be greater than or equal to 2 mm 2 .
  • the cross-sectional area of the communication hole closest to the first pressure relief hole may be greater than or equal to 3 mm 2
  • the cross-sectional area of the communication hole closest to the second pressure relief hole and the third pressure relief hole, respectively may be greater than or equal to 3 mm 2 .
  • the cross-sectional area may be greater than or equal to 2.5 mm 2 .
  • a part of the diaphragm 1503 may be connected to the magnetic circuit system 1520 , and another part may be connected to the other end of the second bracket part 1513 away from the main body part 1511 , and then connected to the housing 1601 .
  • the diaphragm 1503 may include a diaphragm body 15031 and a reinforcing ring 15035 .
  • FIG. 20A is a top view of the structure of the diaphragm 1503 in FIG. 17 according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the diaphragm body 15031 may include a first connecting portion 15032 , a corrugated portion 15033 and a second connecting portion 15034 that are integrally connected.
  • the first connection part 15032 may surround the bone conduction acoustic component and be connected with the bone conduction acoustic component.
  • the second connecting part 15034 may be disposed around the periphery of the first connecting part 15032 and be spaced apart from the first connecting part 15032 in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the bone conduction acoustic component.
  • the corrugated portion 15033 is located in the spaced region between the first connection portion 15032 and the second connection portion 15034 and connects the first connection portion 15032 and the second connection portion 15034 .
  • the reinforcing ring 15035 can be connected with the second connecting portion 15034, so that the second connecting portion 15034 is connected with the housing 1610 through the reinforcing ring 15035, so as to increase the structural strength of the edge of the diaphragm 1503, thereby increasing the The connection strength between the diaphragm 1503 and the housing 1601.
  • the acoustic output device may include a communication channel 1560 connecting the first chamber 1610 and the second chamber 1620, and the communication channel 1560 may destroy the high pressure area in the first chamber 1610 and the second chamber 1620, increasing the The peak resonant frequency of the resonant peak, thereby improving the sound quality and sound leakage of the acoustic output device.
  • the communication channel 1560 may include a hole array 15036 provided on the diaphragm 1503 , for example, the hole array 15036 may be provided on the corrugated portion 15033 .
  • the hole array 15036 and the acoustic exit holes 1602 may be located on opposite sides of the bone conduction acoustic assembly, respectively.
  • the hole arrays 15036 may also be provided on both sides of the sound outlet hole 1602 .
  • the actual area of each hole in hole array 15036 may be between 0.01 mm 2 and 0.04 mm 2 .
  • the hole array 15036 can also cooperate with the sound-tuning holes 1605, so that the air-conducted sound waves outputted to the outside of the acoustic output device through the sound-out holes 1602 are shifted to high frequencies.
  • FIG. 20B is a schematic structural diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication channel may also include a through hole 1560 provided in the magnetic circuit assembly 1520 of the bone conduction acoustic assembly, and the through hole 1560 may pass through the magnetic circuit system 1520 (for example, through the bottom wall of the magnetic conductive cover 1521 ), so that The first chamber 1610 and the second chamber 1620 of the acoustic output device communicate.
  • the actual area of the through hole 1560 may be less than or equal to 9 mm 2 .
  • the actual area of the through hole 1560 may be less than or equal to 7 mm 2 .
  • the actual area of the through hole 1560 may be less than or equal to 5 mm 2 .
  • FIG. 20C is a schematic structural diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the structure of the acoustic output device shown in FIG. 20C is generally similar to the structure of the acoustic output device shown in FIG. 20B , the difference between the two is that, in some embodiments, the communication channel may be a communication channel provided outside the housing 1601
  • the pipe 1580, the communication pipe 1580 can communicate with the pressure relief hole 1604 communicated with the first chamber 1610 and the sound adjustment hole 1605 communicated with the second chamber 1620, so that the first chamber 1610 and the second chamber 1620 communicate.
  • the communication pipe 1580 may have a tubular structure, and two ends of the tubular structure are respectively communicated with the pressure relief hole 1604 and the sound adjustment hole 1605 .
  • the communication pipe 1580 can also be another three-dimensional structure independent of the housing 1601 or integrated with the housing 1601, the three-dimensional structure has a cavity inside, the cavity is connected with the pressure relief hole 1604 and the sound adjustment hole 1605 is connected, thereby realizing the communication between the first chamber 1610 and the second chamber 1620.
  • At least one acoustic resistance net 1590 is further provided inside the communication pipe 1580, and the acoustic resistance net 1590 may be located at the side wall of the casing 1601 having both the pressure relief hole 1603 and the sound adjustment hole 1605 or at the pressure relief hole hole 1603 and sound-tuning hole 1605.
  • the principle of the communication channel of the acoustic output device shown in FIG. 20B and FIG. 20C is approximately the same as the principle of the communication channel in FIG. 20A , and will not be repeated here. It should be noted that the shape and position of the communication pipe 1580 are not limited to the one side of the housing 1601 as shown in FIG.
  • the frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound wave outputted to the outside of the acoustic output device through the sound outlet may have a resonance peak, and the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak may be greater than or equal to 2 kHz.
  • the peak resonant frequency of the resonant peak when the communication channel is in the open state is shifted to a high frequency compared to the peak resonant frequency of the resonant peak when the communication channel is in the closed state, and the offset may be greater than or equal to 500 Hz .
  • the offset may be greater than or equal to 1 kHz.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an air-conducted sound wave at a sound-guiding component according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an air-conducted sound wave at the sound-guiding component according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • the frequency response curve 21-1 represents the frequency response curve at the sound guide member of the acoustic output device without the communication channel and the sound adjustment hole.
  • the frequency response curve 21-2 represents the frequency response curve at the sound guide member of the acoustic output device provided with the communication channel and without the sound adjustment hole.
  • the frequency response curve 21-3 represents the frequency response curve at the sound guide member of the acoustic output device provided with the communication channel and the sound adjustment hole.
  • the frequency response curve 22-1 represents the frequency response curve at the sound guide member of the acoustic output device without the communication channel and the sound adjustment hole.
  • the frequency response curve 22-2 represents the frequency response curve at the sound guide member of the acoustic output device provided with the communication channel and without the sound adjustment hole.
  • the frequency response curve 22-3 represents the frequency response curve at the sound guide member of the acoustic output device provided with the communication channel and the sound adjustment hole.
  • the frequency response curve of the air-conducted sound wave outputted to the outside of the acoustic output device through the sound outlet may have a resonance peak, and the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak may be greater than or equal to 2 kHz.
  • the peak resonant frequency of the resonant peaks when the communication channel is in an open state eg, frequency response curve 21-2, frequency response curve 21-3 is compared to when the communication channel is in a closed state (eg, frequency response curve 21-3).
  • the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak of the curve 21-1) is shifted to high frequencies, and the shift amount may be greater than or equal to 500 Hz.
  • the offset may be greater than or equal to 1 kHz.
  • the sound leakage in the mid-low frequency band of the acoustic output device also gradually decreases.
  • the fact that the communication channel is in an open state here may refer to a situation in which the acoustic output device is provided with a communication channel and the communication channel works normally.
  • the fact that the communication channel is in a closed state may refer to a situation in which there is no communication channel in the acoustic output device or a communication channel is provided on the acoustic output device but is closed and cannot work normally.
  • the communication path defined by the communication channel 1560 may be provided with an acoustic resistance net 1570 .
  • the high frequency peaks in the air-conducted sound waves output to the outside of the acoustic output device through the sound outlet 1602 and the sound guide channel can be further weakened. , so that the frequency response curve is flatter and the high frequency sound quality is more balanced.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an air-conducted sound wave at the sound-guiding component according to other embodiments of the present application. As shown in FIG.
  • the frequency response curve 23-1 represents the frequency response curve at the sound guide member of the acoustic output device without the communication channel.
  • the frequency response curve 23-2 represents the frequency response curve at the sound-guiding component of the acoustic output device with a communication channel and no acoustic resistance net covered at the communication channel.
  • the frequency response curve 23-3 represents the frequency response curve at the sound guide part of the acoustic output device with a communication channel and an acoustic resistance net covered at the communication channel with an acoustic resistance of 45MKS rayls and a porosity of 18%.
  • the frequency response curve 23-4 represents the frequency response curve at the sound guiding part of the acoustic output device with a communication channel and an acoustic resistance net covered at the communication channel with an acoustic resistance of 260 MKS rayls and a porosity of 13%.
  • the frequency response curve corresponding to the frequency response curve 23-4 is flatter than the frequency response curve corresponding to the frequency response curve 23-3.
  • the porosity of the acoustic resistance mesh provided on the communication path defined by the communication channel may be less than or equal to 18%, and/or the pore size may be less than or equal to 51 ⁇ m.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram showing different positions relative to the acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application. Referring to FIG. 24, points P1, P2, P3 and P4 may represent four positions relative to the acoustic output device.
  • P1 When the user wears the acoustic output device, P1 is located close to the user's skin, P1 can also be referred to as the front side of the acoustic output device; P3 is located away from the user's skin, P3 can also be referred to as the rear side of the acoustic output device , P2 is located near the aforementioned sound guide channel, and P4 is located near the aforementioned pressure relief hole.
  • the leakage frequency response curve of the acoustic output device may be a curve representing a change in sound leakage of the acoustic output device and the frequency of the sound signal.
  • the horizontal axis may represent the frequency of the sound signal input to the acoustic output device.
  • the vertical axis may be the volume of sound leakage of the acoustic output device at a location (eg, P1, P2, P3, P4).
  • Leakage frequency response curves L1-L4, as shown in Figs. 25-29, respectively represent the variation of the sound leakage of the acoustic output device with the frequency of the sound signal at the positions P1-P4 in Fig. 24 .
  • the leakage frequency response curves of the first acoustic output device including the sound guide channel and the pressure relief hole at positions P1 - P4 in FIG. 24 are L1 - L4 respectively, wherein the sound guide channel and the pressure relief hole are provided on two opposite side walls of the housing of the acoustic output device.
  • the first acoustic output device may be the same as or similar to the acoustic output device 600 in FIG. 6 .
  • the leakage frequency response curves of the second acoustic output device including the sound guide channel and the pressure relief hole at positions P1 - P4 in FIG. 24 are L1 - L4 respectively, wherein the sound guide channel and the pressure relief hole are arranged on two opposite side walls of the housing of the acoustic output device.
  • the second acoustic output device further includes at least one pressure regulating hole, and the pressure regulating hole is provided at the side wall where the pressure relief hole is located.
  • the second acoustic output device may be the same as or similar to the acoustic output device 600 in FIG. 6 .
  • the leakage frequency response curves of the third acoustic output device including the sound guide channel and the pressure relief hole at the positions P1 - P4 in FIG. 24 are L1 - L4 respectively, wherein the sound guide channel and the pressure relief hole are arranged on two opposite side walls of the housing of the acoustic output device.
  • the third acoustic output device further includes at least one sound adjustment hole, and the sound adjustment hole is provided at the side wall where the pressure relief hole is located.
  • the third acoustic output device may be the same as or similar to the acoustic output device 600 in FIG. 6 .
  • the volume of the second chamber of the third acoustic output device is smaller than the volume of the second chamber of the second acoustic output device.
  • the leakage frequency response curves of the fourth acoustic output device including the sound guide channel and the pressure relief hole at the positions P1 - P4 in FIG. 24 are L1 - L4 respectively, wherein the sound guide channel and the pressure relief hole are arranged on two opposite side walls of the housing of the acoustic output device.
  • the fourth sound output device further includes at least one sound adjustment hole, and the sound adjustment hole is provided at the side wall where the pressure relief hole is located.
  • the fourth acoustic output device may be the same as or similar to the acoustic output device 600 as described in FIG. 6 . Different from the second acoustic output device, the sound guide channel and the pressure relief hole can be communicated through the sound adjustment hole. It can also be understood that the pressure relief hole and the sound adjustment hole are not through holes.
  • the leakage frequency response curves of the fifth acoustic output device including the sound guide channel and the first pressure relief hole at positions P1 - P4 in FIG. 24 are L1 - L4 respectively, wherein the sound guide channel and the first pressure relief hole are Pressure relief holes are provided on two opposite side walls of the housing of the acoustic output device.
  • the fourth acoustic output device further includes at least one sound adjustment hole, and the sound adjustment hole is provided at the side wall where the first pressure relief hole is located.
  • the fourth acoustic output device may be the same as or similar to the acoustic output device 600 as described in FIG. 6 .
  • the sound guide channel and the first pressure relief hole are communicated through the sound adjustment hole.
  • the first pressure relief hole and the sound adjustment hole are not through holes.
  • the fifth acoustic output device further includes a second pressure relief hole provided at the side wall where the first pressure relief hole is located.
  • the second pressure relief hole is a through hole.
  • FIGS. 30-33 are schematic diagrams of leakage frequency response curves of different acoustic output devices in the same position shown in FIG. 24 according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Leakage frequency response curves S1-S5 are shown in Figs. 30-33, which respectively represent the variation of the sound leakage of different acoustic output devices at each position P1-P4 of Fig. 24 with the frequency of the sound signal.
  • FIG. 30 the leakage frequency response of the first acoustic output device, the second acoustic output device, the third acoustic output device, the fourth acoustic output device, and the fifth acoustic output device in FIGS. 25-29 at position P1
  • the curves are S1-S5, respectively. As shown in FIG.
  • the corresponding leakage frequency response curve L3 includes a first peak with a frequency of about 2000 Hz and a second peak with a frequency of about 2200 Hz, respectively.
  • the first peak at a frequency of about 2000 Hz may be caused by the first chamber of the first acoustic output device, and the second peak at a frequency of about 2200 Hz may be caused by the second chamber of the first acoustic output device .
  • the second acoustic output device including the sound adjusting hole is in the leakage frequency response curves L1-L4 at different positions P1-P4, especially the leakage frequency response curve L1 corresponding to the front side position P1 and the rear side position P3.
  • the leakage frequency response curve L3 includes a first peak with a frequency of about 2000 Hz and a second peak with a frequency of about 4800 Hz, respectively. Comparing the leakage frequency response curves L1-L4 of the first acoustic output device and the second acoustic output device, the tuning hole may cause the second peak caused by the second chamber to shift towards higher frequencies.
  • the sound-tuning hole can increase the resonant frequency in the air in the second chamber (ie, the frequency corresponding to the peak of the leakage frequency response curve L1-L4).
  • the second acoustic output device The sound leakage at the position P2 (ie, the position around the sound guide channel) can be used as the sound leakage of the sound adjustment hole, but the sound leakage of the second acoustic output device at other positions (such as P1, P3 and P4) will not be significant Change.
  • the leakage frequency response curve L1-L4 of the third acoustic output device includes a first peak and a second peak at different positions P1-P4, wherein the volume of the second chamber of the third acoustic output device is smaller than that of the second The volume of the second chamber of the acoustic output device. Comparing the leakage frequency response curves L1-L4 of the second acoustic output device and the third acoustic output, it can be inferred that, relative to the smaller second chamber volume shown in FIG. The second peak of is shifted towards higher frequencies.
  • the leakage frequency response curve L1-L4 of the fourth acoustic output device including the sound guide channel, the pressure relief hole and the sound adjustment hole communicated may include a first peak with a frequency of about 700 Hz and a first peak with a frequency of over 1000 Hz. Two peaks. Comparing the leakage frequency response curves L1-L4 of the fourth acoustic output device and the fifth acoustic output device, it can be inferred that the first peak in Fig. 28 is shifted towards lower frequencies, which is due to the communication between the first and second chambers such that caused by the enlargement of the chamber volume. As shown in FIGS.
  • the sound leakage of the fourth acoustic output device at positions P2 and P4 is significantly reduced, especially in the low-mid frequency.
  • the leakage frequency response curve L1-L4 of the fifth acoustic output device including the sound guiding channel, the first pressure relief hole, the second pressure relief hole and the connected pressure regulating hole may include a first peak and a second peak . Comparing the leakage frequency response curves L1-L4 of the second acoustic output device and the fifth acoustic output, it can be inferred that the second peak in Figure 29 is shifted towards higher frequencies.
  • the sound leakage of the fifth acoustic output device is at The position P2 (ie, around the sound guide channel) does not change significantly, and the position P4 (ie, around the second pressure relief hole) will significantly decrease.
  • aspects of this application may be illustrated and described in several patentable categories or situations, including any new and useful process, machine, product, or combination of matter, or combinations of them. of any new and useful improvements. Accordingly, various aspects of the present application may be performed entirely by hardware, entirely by software (including firmware, resident software, microcode, etc.), or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • the above hardware or software may be referred to as a "data block”, “module”, “engine”, “unit”, “component” or “system”.
  • aspects of the present application may be embodied as a computer product comprising computer readable program code embodied in one or more computer readable media.
  • a computer storage medium may contain a propagated data signal with the computer program code embodied therein, for example, on baseband or as part of a carrier wave.
  • the propagating signal may take a variety of manifestations, including electromagnetic, optical, etc., or a suitable combination.
  • Computer storage media can be any computer-readable media other than computer-readable storage media that can communicate, propagate, or transmit a program for use by coupling to an instruction execution system, apparatus, or device.
  • Program code on a computer storage medium may be transmitted over any suitable medium, including radio, cable, fiber optic cable, RF, or the like, or a combination of any of the foregoing.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Acoustics & Sound (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Details Of Audible-Bandwidth Transducers (AREA)
  • Headphones And Earphones (AREA)
  • Telephone Set Structure (AREA)
  • Soundproofing, Sound Blocking, And Sound Damping (AREA)
  • Obtaining Desirable Characteristics In Audible-Bandwidth Transducers (AREA)
  • Audible-Bandwidth Dynamoelectric Transducers Other Than Pickups (AREA)
  • Electrostatic, Electromagnetic, Magneto- Strictive, And Variable-Resistance Transducers (AREA)
  • Diaphragms For Electromechanical Transducers (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Circuit For Audible Band Transducer (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供一种声学输出装置，包括：骨传导声学组件，用于产生骨传导声波；气传导声学组件，用于产生空气传导声波；壳体，用于容纳所述骨传导声学组件以及气传导声学组件中的至少部分元件，所述壳体包括第一腔室以及第二腔室，所述第一腔室用于容纳所述骨传导声学组件的至少一部分，所述壳体设置与所述第二腔室连通的出声孔，所述空气传导声波经所述出声孔向所述声学输出装置外部传输；所述空气传导声波的频响曲线具有一个或多个谐振峰，所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于1kHz。

Description

一种声学输出装置
交叉引用
本申请要求2021年04月09日提交的中国申请号2021103834522的优先权，其内容通过引用结合于此。
技术领域
本申请涉及声学输出领域，特别涉及一种声学输出装置。
背景技术
目前，具有声学输出装置的可穿戴设备正在出现并变得越来越受欢迎。特别地，由于其健康和安全特性，越来越多地用于开放双耳的声学输出装置(例如，骨传导扬声器)以促进对用户的声音传导。然而，骨传导扬声器在中低频范围内存在一定的声音泄漏。
因此，希望提供一种声学输出装置，使其可以减少声音泄露，提高用户的音频体验。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种声学输出装置，包括：骨传导声学组件，用于产生骨传导声波；气传导声学组件，用于产生空气传导声波；壳体，用于容纳所述骨传导声学组件以及气传导声学组件中的至少部分元件，所述壳体包括第一腔室以及第二腔室，所述第一腔室用于容纳所述骨传导声学组件的至少一部分，所述壳体设置与所述第二腔室连通的出声孔，所述空气传导声波经所述出声孔向所述声学输出装置外部传输；所述空气传导声波的频响曲线具有一个或多个谐振峰，所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于1kHz。
在一些实施例中，所述气传导声学组件包括至少一个振膜，所述至少一个振膜与所述骨传导声学组件或所述壳体连接，所述气传导声波可以基于所述至少一个振膜或所述壳体的振动而产生。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个振膜将所述壳体的腔室分隔为所述第一腔室和所述第二腔室。
在一些实施例中，所述壳体还设有与所述第一腔室连通的至少一个泄压孔。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个泄压孔包括第一泄压孔和第二泄压孔，所述第 一泄压孔相较于所述第二泄压孔远离所述出声孔设置，所述第一泄压孔的出口端的有效面积大于所述第二泄压孔的出口端的有效面积。
在一些实施例中，所述出声孔和所述第一泄压孔位于所述骨传导声学组件的相对两侧。
在一些实施例中，所述壳体包括位于所述骨传导声学组件的相对两侧的第一侧壁和第二侧壁以及连接所述第一侧壁和所述第二侧壁且彼此间隔的第三侧壁和第四侧壁，所述出声孔和所述第一泄压孔分别设于所述第一侧壁和所述第二侧壁，所述第二泄压孔设于所述第三侧壁或者所述第四侧壁。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个泄压孔还包括第三泄压孔，所述第二泄压孔的出口端的有效面积大于所述第三泄压孔的出口端的有效面积，所述第二泄压孔和所述第三泄压孔分别设于所述第三侧壁和所述第四侧壁。
在一些实施例中，所述第一泄压孔的出口端的实际面积大于所述第二泄压孔的出口端的实际面积，所述第二泄压孔的出口端的实际面积大于所述第三泄压孔的出口端的实际面积。
在一些实施例中，所述壳体还设有与所述第二腔室连通的至少一个调声孔，所述至少一个调声孔处于打开状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率相较于所述至少一个调声孔处于关闭状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移。
在一些实施例中，所述向高频偏移的偏移量大于或者等于500Hz。
在一些实施例中，所述向高频偏移的偏移量大于或者等于1kHz。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个调声孔处于打开状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于2kHz。
在一些实施例中，全部所述调声孔的出口端的有效面积之和大于或者等于1.5mm 2。
在一些实施例中，所述机芯壳体包括位于所述骨传导声学组件的相对两侧的第一侧壁和第二侧壁，所述至少一个调声孔包括第一调声孔，所述出声孔和所述第一调声孔分别设于所述第一侧壁和所述第二侧壁。
在一些实施例中，所述壳体还包括连接所述第一侧壁和所述第二侧壁且彼此间隔的第三侧壁和第四侧壁，所述至少一个调声孔还包括第二调声孔，所述第二调声孔设于所述第三侧壁或者所述第四侧壁。
在一些实施例中，所述第一调声孔的出口端的有效面积大于所述第二调声孔的 出口端的有效面积。
在一些实施例中，所述第一调声孔的出口端的实际面积大于所述第二调声孔的出口端的实际面积。
在一些实施例中，所述第一调声孔的出口端的实际面积大于或者等于3.8mm 2；和/或，所述第二调声孔的出口端的实际面积大于或者等于2.8mm 2。
在一些实施例中，所述第一调声孔和所述第二调声孔的出口端分别盖设有声阻网，所述声阻网的孔隙率小于或者等于16％。
在一些实施例中，所述壳体设有与所述第一腔室连通的至少一个泄压孔，至少部分所述调声孔与至少部分所述至少一个泄压孔相邻设置，且相邻设置的调声孔以及泄压孔之间的间隔距离小于或者等于2mm。
在一些实施例中，所述相邻设置的泄压孔和调声孔中的所述泄压孔的出口端的有效面积大于所述相邻设置的泄压孔和调声孔中的所述调声孔的出口端的有效面积。
在一些实施例中，所述相邻设置的泄压孔和调声孔中的所述泄压孔的出口端的实际面积大于所述相邻设置的泄压孔和调声孔中的所述调声孔的出口端的实际面积；和/或，所述相邻设置的泄压孔和调声孔的出口端分别盖设有第一声阻网和第二声阻网，所述第一声阻网的孔隙率大于所述第二声阻网的孔隙率。
在一些实施例中，所述相邻设置的泄压孔和调声孔中的所述泄压孔的出口端的有效面积与所述相邻设置的泄压孔和调声孔中的所述调声孔的出口端的有效面积之间的比值小于或者等于2。
在一些实施例中，经所述至少一个泄压孔输出至所述声学输出装置外部的气导声的频响曲线具有第一谐振峰，经所述调声孔输出至所述声学输出装置外部的气导声的频响曲线具有第二谐振峰，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率与所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率分别大于或者等于2kHz。
在一些实施例中，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率与所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率之差与所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率比值小于或等于60％。
在一些实施例中，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率与所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率分别大于或者等于3.5kHz。
在一些实施例中，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率与所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率之差小于或等于2kHz。
在一些实施例中，还包括与所述壳体连接的导声部件，所述导声部件设置有导 声通道，所述导声通道与所述出声孔连通，并用于向所述声学装置的外部导引所述空气传导声波。
在一些实施例中，所述导声通道的长度介于2mm至5mm之间。
在一些实施例中，所述导声通道的横截面积大于或者等于4.8mm 2。
在一些实施例中，所述导声通道的横截面积沿所述空气传导声波的传输方向逐渐增大。
在一些实施例中，所述导声通道的入口端的横截面积大于或者等于10mm 2；或者，所述导声通道的出口端的横截面积大于或者等于15mm 2。
在一些实施例中，所述导声通道的体积与所述第二腔室的体积之间的比值介于0.05至0.9之间。
在一些实施例中，沿所述骨传导声学组件的振动方向，所述导声通道的出口端到所述壳体背离所述皮肤接触区域的内壁之间的距离大于或者等于3mm。
在一些实施例中，所述导声通道的出口端盖设有声阻网，所述声阻网的孔隙率大于或者等于13％。
在一些实施例中，所述壳体设有与所述第一腔室连通的泄压孔，所述导声通道的出口端的有效面积大于或者等于所述壳体处与所述第一腔室连通的全部所述泄压孔的出口端的有效面积之和。
在一些实施例中，全部所述泄压孔的出口端的有效面积之和与所述导声通道的出口端的有效面积之间的比值大于或者等于0.15。
在一些实施例中，所述导声通道的出口端盖的声阻网的孔隙率大于或等于至少部分所述泄压孔的出口端盖处的声阻网的孔隙率。
在一些实施例中，所述壳体设有与所述第二腔室连通的调声孔，所述导声通道的出口端的有效面积大于所述调声孔中的每个调声孔的出口端的有效面积。
在一些实施例中，所述导声通道的出口端的有效面积大于全部所述调声孔的出口端的有效面积之和。
在一些实施例中，全部所述调声孔的出口端的有效面积之和与所述导声通道的出口端的有效面积之间的比值大于或者等于0.08。
在一些实施例中，所述导声通道的出口端盖的声阻网的孔隙率大于所述调声孔的出口端盖处的声阻网的孔隙率。
在一些实施例中，所述骨传导声学组件包括磁路系统和线圈组件，所述磁路系 统形成磁间隙，所述线圈组件设置在所述第一腔室内，并伸入所述磁间隙内，所述线圈组件上设置有连通孔。
在一些实施例中，所述连通孔位于所述线圈组件位于所述磁间隙的外部的部分上。
在一些实施例中，所述线圈组件包括线圈和线圈支架，所述线圈支架用于连接所述线圈与所述壳体，并使得所述线圈伸入所述磁间隙内，所述连通孔设于所述线圈支架。
在一些实施例中，所述骨传导声学组件还包括位于所述第一腔室的弹性件，所述弹性件的中心区域与所述磁路系统连接，所述弹性件的周边区域与所述壳体连接，进而将所述磁路系统悬挂在所述机芯壳体内。
在一些实施例中，所述线圈支架包括主体部和第一支架部，所述主体部与所述弹性件连接，所述第一支架部的一端与所述主体部连接，所述线圈与所述第一支架部背离所述主体部的另一端连接，所述连通孔位于所述主体部与所述第一支架部之间的连接处。
在一些实施例中，所述连通孔的数量为多个，且沿所述线圈组件的环向间隔设置。
在一些实施例中，每一个所述连通孔的横截面积大于或者等于2mm 2。
在一些实施例中，所述壳体设有与所述第一腔室连通的泄压孔，经所述泄压孔输出至所述声学输出装置外部的气导声的频响曲线具有谐振峰，所述连通孔的设置使所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于2kHz。
在一些实施例中，所述连通孔处于打开状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率相较于未设置所述连通孔时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移，且偏移量大于或者等于500HZ。
在一些实施例中，还包括连通所述第一腔室和所述第二腔室的连通通道，所述连通通道处于打开状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率相较于所述连通通道处于关闭状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移，且偏移量大于或者等于500Hz。
在一些实施例中，经所述出声孔输出至所述声学输出装置外部的气导声的频响曲线具有一谐振峰，所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于2kHz。
在一些实施例中，所述连通通道包括设于所述振膜的孔阵列，所述孔阵列中的至少部分孔和所述出声孔分别位于所述骨传导声学组件的相对两侧。
在一些实施例中，所述孔阵列中至少一个孔的实际面积介于0.01mm 2至0.04mm 2之间。
在一些实施例中，所述骨传导声学组件包括磁路系统和线圈组件，所述磁路系统形成一磁间隙，所述线圈组件设置在所述第一腔室内，并伸入所述磁间隙内，所述连通通道贯穿所述磁路系统使所述第一腔室和所述第二腔室连通。
在一些实施例中，所壳体还设有与所述第一腔室连通的泄压孔和与所述第二腔室连通的调声孔，所述连通通道设置在所述壳体的外部，并连通所述泄压孔和所述调声孔。
在一些实施例中，在所述连通通道所定义的连通路径上设置有声阻网，所述声阻网的孔隙率小于或者等于18％。
附图说明
本申请将以示例性实施例的方式进一步说明，这些示例性实施例将通过附图进行详细描述。这些实施例并非限制性的，在这些实施例中，相同的编号表示相同的结构，其中：
图1是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出系统示意图；
图2是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置示意图；
图3是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置框架图；
图4是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置示意图；
图5是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置设置振膜前后的频响曲线对比示意图；
图6是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的声学输出装置示意图；
图7A是根据本申请一些实施例所示导声部件的示例性结构图；
图7B是根据本申请一些实施例所示导声部件的示例性结构图；
图7C是根据本申请一些实施例所示导声部件的示例性结构图；
图7D是根据本申请一些实施例所示导声部件的示例性结构图；
图7E是根据本申请一些实施例所示导声部件的示例性结构图；
图8是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声阻网的俯视结构示意图；
图9是根据本申请一些实施例所示的导声部件处空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图；
图10是根据本申请一些实施例所示的经出声孔处输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图；
图11是根据本申请一些实施例所示的经泄压孔处输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图；
图12A是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置未设置调声孔时第二腔室的声压分布示意图；
图12B是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置设置调声孔时第二腔室的声压分布示意图；
图13是根据本申请一些实施例所示的导声部件处空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图；
图14是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的导声部件处空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图；
图15是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置漏音的频响曲线示意图；
图16A是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的剖视图；
图16B是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的剖视图；
图16C是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的左视图；
图16D是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的俯视图；
图17是根据本申请一些实施例所示的骨传导声学组件的截面结构示意图；
图18A是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的声学输出装置原理结构示意图；
图18B是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的声学输出装置原理结构示意图；
图19是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置设置连通孔前后泄压孔处空气传导声波的频响曲线对比示意图；
图20A是根据本申请一些实施例所示的振膜结构示意图；
图20B是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的结构示意图；
图20C是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的结构示意图；
图21是根据本申请一些实施例所示的导声部件处空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图；
图22是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的导声部件处空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图；
图23是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的导声部件处空气传导声波的频响曲线 示意图；
图24是根据本申请一些实施例所示的相对于声学输出装置的不同位置的示意图；
图25是根据本申请一些实施例所示的图22中不同位置声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线示意图；
图26是根据本申请一些实施例所示的图22中不同位置声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线示意图；
图27是根据本申请一些实施例所示的图22中不同位置声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线示意图；
图28是根据本申请一些实施例所示的图22中不同位置声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线示意图；
图29是根据本申请一些实施例所示的图22中不同位置声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线示意图；
图30是根据本申请一些实施例所示的图22中相同位置不同声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线示意图；
图31是根据本申请一些实施例所示的图22中相同位置不同声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线示意图；
图32是根据本申请一些实施例所示的图22中相同位置不同声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线示意图；
图33是根据本申请一些实施例所示的图22中相同位置不同声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线示意图。
具体实施方式
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单的介绍。显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些示例或实施例，对于本领域的普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图将本申请应用于其它类似情景。除非从语言环境中显而易见或另做说明，图中相同标号代表相同结构或操作。
应当理解，本文使用的“系统”、“装置”、“单元”和/或“模组”是用于区分不同级别的不同组件、元件、部件、部分或装配的一种方法。然而，如果其他词语可实现相同 的目的，则可通过其他表达来替换所述词语。
如本申请和权利要求书中所示，除非上下文明确提示例外情形，“一”、“一个”、“一种”和/或“该”等词并非特指单数，也可包括复数。一般说来，术语“包括”与“包含”仅提示包括已明确标识的步骤和元素，而这些步骤和元素不构成一个排它性的罗列，方法或者设备也可能包含其它的步骤或元素。
本申请中使用了流程图用来说明根据本申请的实施例的系统所执行的操作。应当理解的是，前面或后面操作不一定按照顺序来精确地执行。相反，可以按照倒序或同时处理各个步骤。同时，也可以将其他操作添加到这些过程中，或从这些过程移除某一步或数步操作。
本说明书实施例涉及一种声学输出装置。声学输出装置可以包括骨传导声学组件、气传导声学组件和用于容纳骨传导声学组件和气传导声学组件中的至少部分元件的壳体。在一些实施例中，骨传导声学组件可以用于产生骨传导声波，当骨传导声学组件产生骨传导声波时，气传导声学组件可以基于壳体和/或骨传导声学组件的振动产生空气传导声波。在一些实施例中，通过设置声学输出装置中一个或多个声学结构(例如，出声孔、泄压孔、调声孔、导声通道、连通孔等)，可以提高声学输出装置输出的声音质量，丰富声学输出装置在中低频处的声音，并降低声学输出装置的漏音，从而提高用户的音频体验。例如，声学输出装置的壳体可以包括第一腔室(也可以称为前腔)和第二腔室(也可以称为后腔)，壳体上可以设置与第二腔室连通的出声孔，空气传导声波可以经出声孔向声学输出装置外部传输。在一些实施例中，空气传导声波的频响曲线可以具有一个或多个谐振峰，谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以大于或者等于1kHz。又例如，声学输出装置的壳体的侧壁上还可以设置与第一腔室连通的至少一个泄压孔，泄压孔可以通过促进第一腔室和声学输出装置外部的连通来调节第一腔室中的压力，从而有助于在低频下调节气传导声学组件的频率响应。在一些实施例中，可以通过调整声学输出装置中一个或多个声学结构(例如，出声孔、泄压孔、调声孔、导声通道、连通孔等)的数量、尺寸、形状、位置等，以优化声学输出装置的频响曲线，从而提高声学输出装置输出的声音质量。例如，声学输出装置中与第一腔室连通的泄压孔和与第二腔室连通的调声孔的间隔距离可以较小(例如，泄压孔和调声孔可以分别设置在壳体中相邻的两个侧壁上)，使得分别经泄压孔和调声孔输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波尽可能在高频段(例如，2kHz-4kHz)相干相消，从而减小声学输出装置的漏音，提高声学输出装置的声音质量。
图1是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出系统示意图。如图1所示，声学输出系统100可以包括多媒体平台110、网络120、声学输出装置130、用户终端140和存储设备150。
多媒体平台110可以与声学输出系统100的一个或多个组件或外部数据源(例如，云数据中心)通信。在一些实施例中，多媒体平台110可以为声学输出装置130和/或用户终端140提供数据或信号(例如，音乐的音频数据)。在一些实施例中，多媒体平台110可以用于声学输出装置130和/或用户终端140的数据/信号处理。在一些实施例中，多媒体平台110可以在单个服务器或服务器组上实现。服务器组可以是经由一个或多个接入点的分布式服务器组连接到网络120的集中式服务器组。在一些实施例中，多媒体平台110可以本地连接到网络120或与网络120远程连接。例如，多媒体平台110可以经由网络120访问存储在声学输出装置130、用户终端140和/或存储设备150中的信息和/或数据。作为另一示例，存储设备150可以用作多媒体平台110的后端数据存储。在一些实施例中，多媒体平台110可以在云平台上实现。仅作为示例，该云平台可以包括私有云、公共云、混合云、社区云、分布云、内部云、多层云等，或其任意组合。
在一些实施例中，多媒体平台110可以包括处理装置112。处理设备112可以执行多媒体平台110的主要功能。例如，处理设备112可以从存储设备150检索音频数据，并将检索到的音频数据发送到声学输出装置130和/或用户终端140以产生声音。在其它实施例中，处理设备112可以处理声学输出装置130的信号(例如，生成控制信号)。
在一些实施例中，处理设备112可以包括一个或多个处理单元(例如，单核处理设备或多核处理设备)。仅作为示例性说明，处理设备112可以包括中央处理单元(CPU)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、专用指令集处理器(ASIP)、图形处理单元(GPU)、物理处理单元(PPU)、数字信号处理器(DSP)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)、可编程逻辑设备(PLD)、控制器、微控制器单元、精简指令集计算机(RISC)、微处理器等，或其任何组合。
网络120可以促进信息和/或数据交换。在一些实施例中，声学输出系统100中的一个或多个组件(例如，多媒体平台110、声学输出装置130、用户终端140、存储设备150)可以通过网络120将信息和/或数据发送到声学输出系统100中的其他组件。在一些实施例中，网络120可以是任何类型的有线或无线网络，或其组合。仅作为示例性 说明，网络120可以包括有线网络、有线网络、光纤网络、远程通信网络、内联网、Internet、局域网(LAN)、广域网(WAN))、无线局域网(WLAN)、城域网(MAN)、广域网(WAN)、公共电话交换网络(PSTN)、蓝牙网络、ZigBee网络、近场通信(NFC)网络等，或其任何组合。在一些实施例中，网络120可以包括一个或以上网络接入点。例如，网络120可以包括诸如基站和/或互联网交换点的有线或无线网络接入点，声学输出系统100的一个或多个组件可以连接到网络120以交换数据和/或信息。
声学输出装置130可以向用户输出声音并与用户交互。在一些实施例中，声学输出装置130可以向用户提供至少音频内容，例如歌曲、诗歌、新闻广播、天气广播、音频课程等。在一些实施例中，用户可以通过例如键、屏幕触摸、身体运动、语音、手势、思想等提供给声学输出装置130反馈。在一些实施例中，声学输出装置130可以是可穿戴设备。除非另有说明，否则，本文使用的可穿戴设备可以包括耳机和各种其他类型的个人设备，例如，头部、肩部或身体穿戴的设备。可穿戴设备可以在接触用户或不接触用户的情况下向用户提供至少音频内容。在一些实施例中，可穿戴设备可以包括智能耳机、头部可安装显示器(HMD)、智能手环、智能鞋子、智能手表、智能衣服、智能背包、智能配件、虚拟现实头盔等，或其任何组合。
声学输出装置130可以经由网络120与用户终端140通信。在一些实施例中，各种类型的数据和/或信息可以通过声学输出装置130接收用户等的手势(例如，握手、摇头等)。在一些实施例中，各种类型的数据和/或信息可以包括但不限于运动参数(例如，地理位置、移动方向、移动速度、加速度等)、语音参数(声音的音量、声音的内容等)等。在一些实施例中，声学输出装置130还可以将接收的数据和/或信息发送到多媒体平台110或用户终端140。关于声学输出装置130的更多描述可以参考本申请中的其他地方的详细描述，例如，图2-3等。
在一些实施例中，用户终端140可以定制，例如，在用户终端140安装应用程序，应用程序可以用于与声学输出装置130的数据和/或信号进行通信和/或实现数据和/或信号的处理。用户终端140可以包括移动设备130-1、平板计算机130-2、笔记本电脑130-3、车辆中的内置装置130-4等，或其任何组合。在一些实施例中，移动设备130-1可以包括智能家居设备、智能移动设备等，或其任何组合。在一些实施例中，智能家居设备可以包括智能照明设备、智能电器控制设备、智能监控设备、智能电视、智能摄像机、对讲机等，或其任意组合。在一些实施例中，智能移动设备可以包括智能电话、个人数字助理(PDA)、游戏设备、导航设备等，或其任意组合。在一些实施例中，车 辆中的内置装置130-4可以包括内置计算机、内置电视、内置平板电脑等。在一些实施例中，用户终端140可以包括信号发送器和信号接收器，其被配置为与用户和/或用户终端140的位置进行定位的定位设备(图中未示出)通信。在一些实施例中，多媒体平台110或存储设备150可以集成到用户终端140中。在这种情况下，可以类似地通过用户终端140实现上述多媒体平台110可以实现的功能。
存储设备150可以存储数据和/或指令。在一些实施例中，存储设备150可以存储从多媒体平台110、声学输出装置130和/或用户终端140获得的数据。在一些实施例中，存储设备150可以存储多媒体平台110、声学输出装置130和/或用户终端140可以实现各种功能的数据和/或指令。在一些实施例中，存储设备150可以包括大容量存储器、可移动存储器、易失性读写存储器、只读存储器(ROM)等，或其任何组合。示例性大容量存储器可以包括磁盘、光盘、固态驱动器等。示例性可移动存储器可以包括闪存驱动器、软盘、光盘、内存卡、压缩盘、磁带等。示例性易失性读写存储器可以包括随机存取存储器(RAM)。示例性RAM可以包括动态随机存取内存(DRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取内存(DDRSDRAM)、静态随机存取内存(SRAM)、晶闸管随机存取内存(T-RAM)和零电容随机存取内存(Z-RAM)等。示例性ROM可以包括可编程ROM(PROM)、可擦除的可编程ROM(EPROM)、可电擦除的可编程ROM(EEPROM)、光盘ROM(CD-ROM)和数字多功能磁盘ROM等。在一些实施例中，所述存储设备150可以在云平台上实现。仅作为示例，该云平台可以包括私有云、公共云、混合云、社区云、分布云、内部云、多层云等，或其任意组合。在一些实施例中，声学输出系统100中的一个或多个组件可以通过网络120访问存储在存储设备150中的数据和/或指令。在一些实施例中，存储设备150可以直接连接到多媒体平台110作为后端存储。
在一些实施例中，多媒体平台110、网络120、用户终端140和/或存储设备150可以集成到声学输出装置130上。具体地，随着技术的进步和声学输出装置130的处理能力的改善，所有处理可以由声学输出装置130执行。例如，声学输出装置130可以是具有高集成的电子元件(例如中央处理单元(CPU)、图形处理单元(GPU)等)的智能耳机、MP3播放器等。
图2是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置示意图。如图2所示，声学输出装置200可以包括耳挂210、壳体220、电路壳体230、后挂240、声学组件250、控制电路260和电池270。壳体220和电路壳体230可以分别设置在耳挂210的两端， 后挂240可以设置在电路壳体230远离耳挂210的一端。壳体220可以用于容纳不同的声学组件250。电路壳体230可以用于容纳控制电路260和电池270。后挂240的两端可以分别与相应的电路壳体230物理连接。耳挂210可以是指用户佩戴声学输出装置200时可以在用户耳朵处将壳体220和声学组件250固定在预定位置的结构。
在一些实施例中，耳挂210可以包括弹性支撑件，当用户佩戴声学输出装置200时，可用于将声学输出装置200挂靠在耳朵处。弹性支撑件可以被配置为将耳挂210保持在与用户的耳朵匹配的形状，使得耳挂210可以根据耳朵形状和用户的头部形状产生相适配的弹性变形。当用户佩戴声学输出装置200，弹性支撑件可以适应具有不同耳形和头部形状的用户。在一些实施例中，弹性支撑件可以由具有良好变形回收能力的记忆合金。记忆合金是指通过热弹性与马氏体相变及其逆变而具有形状记忆效应的由两种以上金属元素所构成的材料。在一些实施例中，记忆合金可以包括但不限于镍钛合金、铜锌合金、铁锰合金、镍铝合金、金镉合金等其中任意一种或几种。在一些实施例中，弹性支撑件还可以为其它材料(例如，有机高分子材料)制成的支撑件。在一些实施例中，有机高分子材料可以包括橡胶、化学纤维、塑料等其中任意一种或多种。在一些实施例中，弹性支撑件也可以由非记忆合金制成。在一些实施例中，弹性支撑件中的导线可以在声学组件250和其他部件(例如，控制电路260、电池270等)之间建立电连接，以便于声学组件250的电源和数据传输。在一些实施例中，耳挂210还可包括保护套211和与保护套211一体形成的壳体保护件212，其中，保护套211包覆在弹性支撑件的外部，壳体保护件212覆盖在壳体220的外部，并与壳体220相适配。
壳体220可以配置为容纳声学组件250。在一些实施例中，声学组件250可以包括骨传导声学组件、气传导声学组件等。骨传导声学组件可以配置为通过固体介质(例如，骨骼)输出声波(也被称为骨传导声波)。例如，骨传导声学组件可以将音频信号(例如，电信号)转换为振动传递到用户的骨骼(例如，颅骨)处。在一些实施例中，骨传导声学组件可以包括磁路系统、一个或多个振动板和音圈。磁路系统可以产生磁场，使得位于磁间隙的音圈在磁场的作用下产生振动，音圈的振动可以带动一个或多个振动板振动。一个或多个振动板中的至少一个可以与壳体220物理连接，壳体220可以接触用户的皮肤(例如，在用户头部上的皮肤)，并将骨传导声波转移到佩戴声学输出装置200的用户的耳蜗。气传导声学组件可以配置为通过空气输出声波(也被称为空气传导声波)。例如，气传导声学组件可以将壳体220、骨传导声学组件的振动，和/或壳体220中的空气的振动转换成可以通过用户的耳朵接收的空气振动。在一些实施例中，气传导 声学组件可以包括至少一个振膜，振膜可以与骨传导声学组件和/或壳体220物理连接。当骨传导声学组件(例如，一个或多个振动板)振动以产生骨传导声波时，骨传导声学组件(例如，一个或多个振动板)的振动可以驱动壳体220和/或与骨传导声学组件和/或壳体220物理连接的振膜的振动。振膜的振动可以导致壳体220中的空气的振动。壳体220中的空气振动可以从壳体220传递以产生空气传导声波。关于骨传导声学组件和气传导声学组件的更多描述可以参考本申请中的其他地方的详细描述，例如，图3-4等。
在一些实施例中，声学组件250和壳体220的数量可以是两个，其可以分别对应于用户的左耳和右耳及其附近的区域。在一些实施例中，声学组件250和壳体220的数量也可以为一个，当用户佩戴该声学输出装置200时，其可以分布于用户的左耳或右耳及其附近的区域。关于声学组件250的细节可以在本申请中的其他地方找到，例如，图3-6及其相关描述。需要说明的是，声学输出装置200还可以有其他的佩戴方式，例如，耳挂210覆盖或者包住用户的耳朵，后挂240跨过用户的头顶。又例如，声学输出装置200可以不包含后挂240，耳挂210可以直接悬挂在用户耳朵的耳郭处，使得声学输出装置200位于用户耳朵或其附近区域。
在一些实施例中，壳体220可以设置有接触表面221。接触表面221可以与用户的皮肤接触。在一些实施例中，接触表面221也可以被称为壳体220的上表面、皮肤接触区域等。与壳体220的上表面相对的壳体220的表面也可以被称为壳体220的后表面或背表面。声学输出装置130中由声学组件250的一个或多个骨传导声学组件产生的骨传导声波可以通过壳体220的接触表面221向外部输送。在一些实施例中，接触表面221的材料和厚度可以影响骨传导声波向用户的传输，从而影响音质。例如，如果接触表面221的材料相对较柔性，则低频范围中的骨传导声波的传输可以优于高频范围中的骨传导声波的传输。相反，如果接触表面221的材料相对较硬，则高频范围中的骨传导声波的传输可以优于低频范围中的骨传导声波的传输。
图3是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置框架图。如图3所示，声学输出装置300可以包括骨传导声学组件310、气传导声学组件320以及用于容纳骨传导声学组件310以及气传导声学组件320中的至少部分元件的壳体330。
骨传导声学组件310可以用于产生骨传导声波。在一些实施例中，骨传导声学组件310可以在特定频率范围内(例如，低频范围、介质频率范围、高频范围、中低频范围、中高频范围等)根据信号处理模块生成的控制信号产生骨传导声波。在一些实施例中，骨传导声波可以指通过固体介质(例如，骨骼)以机械振动形式进行传导的声波。 在一些实施例中，低频范围(也称为低频)可以指频率范围为20Hz-150Hz、介质频率范围(也称为介质频率)可以指频率范围为150Hz-5kHz、高频范围(也称为高频)可以指频率范围为5kHz-20kHz、中低频范围(也称为中低频)可以指频率范围为150Hz-500Hz、中高频范围(也称为中高频率)可以指频率范围为500Hz-5kHz。作为另一示例，低频范围可以指频率范围为20Hz-300Hz、介质频率范围可以指频率范围为300Hz-3kHz、高频范围可以指频率范围为3kHz-20kHz、中低频范围可以指频率范围为100Hz-1000Hz、中高频范围可以指频率范围为1000Hz-10kHz。应该注意的是，频率范围的值仅用于说明目的，而不是限制性的。上述频率范围的定义可以根据不同的应用场景和不同的分类标准而变化。例如，在一些其他应用场景中，低频范围可以为20Hz-80Hz的频率范围、介质频率范围可以为160Hz-1280Hz的频率范围、高频范围可以为2560Hz-20kHz的频率范围、中低频范围可以为80Hz-160Hz的频率范围，中高频范围可以为1280Hz-2560Hz的频率范围。可选地，不同的频率范围可以具有或不具有重叠频率。关于骨传导声学组件310的更多描述可以参考本说明书的其他地方，例如，图4、图17、图18A、图18B及其相关描述。
气传导声学组件320可以用于产生空气传导声波。在一些实施例中，气传导声学组件320可以基于骨传导声学组件310的振动、容纳骨传导声学组件310和气传导声学组件320的壳体330的振动、壳体330内的空气的振动和/或控制信号产生空气传导声波。在一些实施例中，气传导声学组件320可以产生与骨传导声学组件310的振动相同或不同的频率范围的空气传导声波。在一些实施例中，气传导声学组件320可以包括至少一个振膜，至少一个振膜可以与骨传导声学组件310或壳体330连接，空气传导声波可以基于至少一个振膜或壳体330的振动而产生。在一些实施例中，空气传导声波可以指通过空气振动进行传导的声波。关于气传导声学组件320的更多描述可以参考本说明书的其他地方，例如，图4、图20A及其相关描述。
壳体330可以用于容纳骨传导声学组件310以及气传导声学组件320中的至少部分元件。在一些实施例中，壳体330可以包括由气传导声学组件320中的振膜分隔成的第一腔室和第二腔室。在一些实施例中，壳体330可以包括第一部分和第二部分。壳体330的第一部分和振膜可以形成第一腔室。骨传导声学组件310可以放置在第一腔室内。围绕第一腔室的壳体330的第一部分(例如，一个或多个振动板)可以与骨传导声学组件310物理连接。当用户佩戴声学输出装置300时，壳体330的第一部分可以将骨传导声学组件310的振动转移到用户骨骼。壳体330的第二部分和振膜可以形成第二腔 室。气传导声学组件320产生的空气传导声波可以从第二腔室向声学输出装置300的外部传输。在一些实施例中，第一腔室和第二腔室可以不连通。在一些实施例中，第一腔室和第二腔室可以连通，例如，振膜上可以设置一个或多个通孔。在一些实施例中，第一腔室可以用于容纳骨传导声学组件310的至少一部分，壳体330设置与第二腔室连通的一个或多个出声孔，空气传导声波可以经出声孔向声学输出装置300外部传输。在一些实施例中，当用户佩戴声学输出装置300时，出声孔可以面对用户耳朵的外耳道，使得空气传导声波可以经由出声孔传递到用户耳蜗。
在一些实施例中，声学输出装置300还可以包括信号处理模块。骨传导声学组件310可以与信号处理模块电连接以接收控制信号(例如，音频信号)，并基于控制信号产生骨传导声波。例如，骨传导声学组件310可以包括将电信号转换成机械振动信号的任何元件(例如，振动电动机、电磁振动装置等)。示例性信号转换方式可以包括但不限于电磁类型(例如，移动线圈型、移动铁型、磁致伸缩型)、压电类型、静电类型等。骨传导声学组件310的内部结构可以是单个谐振系统或复合谐振系统。在一些实施例中，骨传导声学组件310可以根据骨传导控制信号产生机械振动，该机械振动可以产生骨传导声波。
图4是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置示意图。如图4所示，声学输出装置400可以包括骨传导声学组件410、壳体420、气传导声学组件。骨传导声学组件410和气传导声学组件可以位于壳体420的内部。骨传导声学组件410可以产生通过壳体420传递到用户的骨传导声波，并且气传导声学组件可以基于骨传导声学组件410的振动产生空气传导声波。空气传导声波可以通过壳体420上的一个或多个出声孔(也被称为导声孔)传递给用户。
在一些实施例中，骨传导声学组件410可以包括磁路系统411、一个或多个振动板412和音圈413。磁路系统411可以包括一个或多个磁性元件和/或磁导元，其被配置为产生磁场。在一些实施例中，磁路系统411可以包括磁隙，磁路系统411可以在磁隙中产生磁场，音圈413可以位于磁隙中。一个或多个振动板412中的至少一个可以与壳体420物理连接，壳体420可以接触用户的皮肤(例如，在用户头部上的皮肤)，并将骨传导声波转移到佩戴声学输出装置400的用户的耳蜗。在一些实施例中，其中一个振动板412也可以被称为壳体420的顶壁。如本文中所述，当用户佩戴声学输出装置时，壳体的顶壁指的是最靠近皮肤的壁称为顶壁或前壁(也被称为与用户皮肤接触的区域、接触表面等)；最远离皮肤的壁(例如，与顶壁相反的壁)称为底壁或后壁；壳体 中与壳体顶壁对应的腔室可以称为前腔(例如，第一腔室)，靠近用户与壳体接触的皮肤区域；与底璧对应的腔室可以称为后腔(例如，第二腔室)，远离用户与壳体接触的皮肤区域。音圈413可以与一个或多个振动板412机械连接。在一些实施例中，音圈413也可以电连接到信号处理模块。将电流(可以表示控制信号)引入音圈413时，音圈413可以在磁场中振动，并且驱动一个或多个振动板412振动。一个或多个振动板412的振动可以通过壳体420传递到用户的骨骼以产生骨传导声波。在一些实施例中，一个或多个振动板412的振动可以导致壳体420和/或磁路系统411的振动。壳体420和/或磁路系统411的振动可以导致壳体420中的空气的振动。
气传导声学组件可以包括振膜431。振膜431可以与骨传导声学组件410和/或壳体420物理连接。例如，振膜431可以与磁路系统411、音圈413和/或一个或多个振动板412中的至少一个连接。当骨传导声学组件410(例如，一个或多个振动板412)振动以产生骨传导声波时，骨传导声学组件410(例如，一个或多个振动板412)的振动可以驱动壳体420和/或与骨传导声学组件410和/或壳体420物理连接的振膜431的振动。振膜431的振动可以导致壳体420中的空气的振动。壳体420中的空气振动可以从壳体420传递以产生空气传导声波。空气传导声波和骨传导声波可以表示与输入到骨传导声学组件410中相同的音频信号，或用户接收的相同音频信号。在本说明书中，空气传导声波和骨传导声波表示相同的音频信号是指空气传导声波和骨传导声波代表相同的语音内容，该语音内容可以由空气传导声波和骨传导声波的频率分量表示。在一些实施例中，空气传导声波和骨传导声波中的频率分量可以是不同的。例如，骨传导声波可以包括更多低频分量，空气传导声波可以包括更多高频分量。在一些实施例中，振膜431可以与磁路系统411物理连接，振膜431和磁路系统411可以被认为是固定的，振膜431相对于壳体420的振动可以导致第一腔室423和第二腔室424的压力变化，从而导致第一腔室423和第二腔室424中的空气振动。在一些实施例中，振膜431可以与磁路系统411物理连接，壳体420可以被认为是固定，振膜431和磁路系统411相对于壳体420振动可以使第一腔室423和第二腔室424中的压力变化，从而使第一腔室423和第二腔室424中的空气振动。
在一些实施例中，振膜431可以包括主要部分和辅助部分。主要部分可以与远离壳体420顶壁的磁路系统411的底表面物理连接。在一些实施例中，振膜431的主要部分可以包括板(例如，圆板或环形板)，该板可以覆盖磁路系统411的底表面的至少一部分。在一些实施例中，振膜431的主要部分可包括板(例如，圆板或环形板)，其 可以覆盖磁路系统411的底表面的至少一部分和与磁路系统411侧壁相连接的侧壁。在一些实施例中，振膜431的辅助部分可以是围绕振膜431的主要部分的环形形状。振膜431的辅助部分可以与壳体420物理连接。例如，振膜431的辅助部分的内侧可以与振膜431的主要部分的外侧接触或连接，振膜431的辅助部分的外侧可以与壳体420物理连接。在一些实施例中，振膜431的辅助部分可以包括凸起区域或凹槽区域中的至少一个。在一些实施例中，振膜431可以是由对振动敏感的材料制成的薄膜。在一些实施例中，振膜431的材质可以包括聚碳酸酯(Polycarbonate,PC)、聚酰胺(Polyamides,PA)、丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯共聚物(Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene,ABS)、聚苯乙烯(Polystyrene,PS)、高冲击聚苯乙烯(High Impact Polystyrene,HIPS)、聚丙烯(Polypropylene,PP)、聚对苯二甲酸乙二酯(Polyethylene Terephthalate,PET)、聚氯乙烯(Polyvinyl Chloride,PVC)、聚氨酯(Polyurethanes,PU)、聚乙烯(Polyethylene,PE)、酚醛树脂(Phenol Formaldehyde,PF)、尿素-甲醛树脂(Urea-Formaldehyde,UF)、三聚氰胺-甲醛树脂(Melamine-Formaldehyde,MF)、聚芳酯(Polyarylate,PAR)、聚醚酰亚胺(Polyetherimide,PEI)、聚酰亚胺(Polyimide,PI)、聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯(Polyethylene Naphthalate two formic acid glycol ester,PEN)、聚醚醚酮(Polyetheretherketone,PEEK)、硅胶等中的任意一种或其组合。
在一些实施例中，声学输出装置400可以在骨传导声学组件410的作用下产生骨传导声波，骨传导声波可以具有一频响曲线，该频响曲线可以具有至少一个谐振峰。声学输出装置400与用户皮肤接触区域在振膜413与骨传导声学组件410和壳体420连接时产生的骨传导声波具有的第一频响曲线(如图5中“k1+k2”所示)，声学输出装置400与用户皮肤接触区域在振膜413与骨传导声学组件410和壳体420中任意一者断开连接时产生的骨传导声波具有的第二频响曲线(如图5中“k1”所示)。在一些实施例中，第一频响曲线以及第二频响曲线对应的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以满足关系式(1)：
|f1-f2|/f1≤50％，(1)
其中，f1为振膜413与骨传导声学组件410和壳体420连接时产生的骨传导声波的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率，f2为振膜413与骨传导声学组件410和壳体420中任意一个断开连接时产生的骨传导声波的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率。需要说明的是，上述关系式(1)中的峰值谐振频率f1与峰值谐振频率f2之间的关系|f1-f2|/f1的值也可以小于或者等于其他数值，例如，60％，40％，30％，20％等。在一些实施例中，峰值谐振频率f1 所对应的峰值谐振强度与峰值谐振频率f2所对应的峰值谐振强度之间的差值可以小于或者等于5dB。在一些实施例中，峰值谐振频率f1所对应的峰值谐振强度与峰值谐振频率f2所对应的峰值谐振强度之间的差值还可以小于或者等于其他数值，例如，3dB、4dB、6dB等。也可以理解为，|f1-f2|/f1可以用于衡量振膜413对骨传导声学组件410使用户皮肤接触区域产生振动的影响大小。|f1-f2|/f1比值越小，则振膜413对骨传导声学组件410使用户皮肤接触区域接收到的振动影响越小，也可以理解为，在声学输出装置400中设置振膜413基本不会带来强烈的振动感，从而保证用户佩戴声学输出装置400时具有较好的体验感。因此，在尽量不影响声学输出装置400原有谐振系统的基础之上，通过引入振膜413使得声学输出装置400可以同步输出具有相同相位或相近相位的骨传导声波和空气传导声波，进而改善声学输出装置400的声学表现力，并使声学输出装置400更省电。作为示例性说明，频响曲线中的低频段或者中低频段(例如，f1≤500Hz)的偏移量可以满足一定条件，以便于骨传导声波的低频、中低频尽量不受影响。在一些实施例中，频响曲线中的低频段或者中低频段(例如，f1≤500Hz)的偏移量可以小于或者等于50Hz，也即是|f1-f2|≤50Hz，以便于振膜413尽可能不影响骨传导声学组件410使用户皮肤接触区域产生振动。在一些实施例中，频响曲线中的低频段或者中低频段(例如，f1≤500Hz)的偏移量可以大于或者等于5Hz，也即是|f1-f2|≥5Hz，以便于振膜413具有一定的结构强度和弹性，减小振膜413在使用过程中的疲劳变形，进而延长振膜413的使用寿命。需要说明的是，在一些实施例中，皮肤接触区域可以包括用户佩戴声学输出装置400时，壳体420与用户皮肤接触的至少部分壳体区域。例如，图5是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置设置振膜前后的频响曲线对比示意图。如图5所示，横轴可以表示频率，其单位为Hz，纵轴可以表示强度，其单位为dB。上述第一频响曲线510(如图5中“k1+k2”所示)在低频段或者中低频段(例如，10Hz-500Hz)具有谐振峰(图5中点“A”)，该谐振峰的峰值谐振频率f1约为112Hz，峰值谐振强度约为88dB。第二频响曲线520(如图5中“k1”所示)在低频段或者中低频段(例如，10Hz-500Hz)具有谐振峰(图5中点“B”)，该谐振峰的峰值谐振频率f2约为95Hz，峰值谐振强度约为87dB。可知，峰值谐振频率f1与峰值谐振频率f2的差值(或者绝对值)约为17Hz，即，频响曲线中的低频段或者中低频段(例如，f1≤500Hz)的偏移量约为17Hz。峰值谐振频率f1所对应的峰值谐振强度与峰值谐振频率f2所对应的峰值谐振强度之间的差值约为1dB。在一些实施例中，在振膜的弹性范围内，振膜的弹性越大，频响曲线中的低频段或者中低频段的偏移量越大，通过调整 振膜的弹性可以调整频响曲线中在特定频段(例如，低频段或中低频段)的偏移量大小。例如，减小振膜的弹性(使用较小弹性系数的材料)以降低频率曲线中低频段或中低频段的偏移量。继续参照图4，在一些实施例中，壳体420可以包括第一部分和第二部分。壳体420的第一部分和振膜431可以形成第一腔室423。围绕第一腔室423的第一部分可以与骨传导声学组件410(例如，一个或多个振动板412)物理连接，当用户佩戴声学输出装置400时，壳体420的第一部分或在壳体420第一部分上设置的一个或多个振动板412可以将骨传导声学组件410的振动转移到用户骨骼。壳体420的第二部分和振膜431可以形成第二腔室424。气传导声学组件产生的空气传导声波可以从第二腔室424向声学输出装置400的外部传输。
在一些实施例中，壳体420可以包括至少一个出声孔421，出声孔421用于将第二腔室424中的空气传导声波输送至声学输出装置400外部。在一些实施例中，至少一个出声孔421可以设置在壳体420的第二部分的侧壁上，出声孔421可以与第二腔室424连通。在一些实施例中，出声孔421的数量可以为一个或多个。由于磁场和音圈413之间的相互作用，磁路系统411还可以接收相应的反作用力以振动并驱动振膜431振动。振膜431的振动可以导致空气在第二腔室424中振动。第二腔室424中的空气振动可以在第二腔室424中产生空气传导声波，空气传导声波可以从第二腔室424通过出声孔421向声学输出装置400外部传播。
在一些实施例中，当音圈413和磁路系统411之间的交互动作(即，由磁路系统411提供的磁场下的音圈413的振动)导致壳体420朝向声学输出装置400的前侧(即，沿着箭头A或朝向用户皮肤表示的方向)和振膜431(可以认为壳体420沿箭头A表示的方向移动，磁路系统411和振膜431是不动的)移动时，壳体420中的第一腔室423变大，第二腔室424变小，第二腔室424中的压力增加。当壳体420向用户的皮肤方向移动时，作用在用户皮肤上的一个或多个振动板412的压力可以增加，由骨传导声学组件410产生的骨传导声波可以被定义为在“正相”。类似地，由于第二腔室424中的压力增加，由气传导声学组件产生的空气传导声波也可以在“正相”。在一些实施例中，空气传导声波和骨传导声波可以在相同的相位，即，空气传导声波和骨传导声波之间的相位差可以等于0。在一些实施例中，空气传导声波和骨传导声波之间的相位差可以小于阈值，例如，π、2π/3、1π/2等。如本说明书所用，空气传导声波和骨传导声波之间的相位差可以指空气传导声波和骨传导声波之间的差的绝对值。在一些实施例中，空气传导声波和骨传导声波的差频范围可以对应于不同的相位差和不同的阈值。例如，在小于 300Hz的频率范围内的空气传导声波和骨传导声波之间的相位差可以小于π。作为另一示例，小于1000Hz的特定频率范围(例如，300Hz-1000Hz)内的空气传导声波和骨传导声波之间的相位差可以小于2π/3。作为又一示例，小于3000Hz的特定频率范围(例如，1000Hz-3000Hz)内的空气传导声波和骨传导声波之间的相位差可以小于1π/2。因此，可以增加骨传导声波和空气传导声波的同步性，使得骨传导声波和空气传导声波可以叠加，从而提高听觉效果。
在一些实施例中，出声孔421的出口端的实际面积可以大于或者等于8mm 2，以便于用户可以听到更多的经出声孔421输出的空气传导声波。在其他实施例中，出声孔421的出口端的实际面积也可以大于或者等于其他数值，例如，10mm 2、9mm 2、7mm 2、6mm 2等。在一些实施例中，出声孔421的入口端的实际面积还可以大于或者等于其出口端的实际面积。在一些实施例中，出声孔421处可以设置阻尼结构(也被称为声阻网)(例如，调谐网等)，以改善气传导声学组件的声学效果。在一些实施例中，可以通过调节出声孔421的数量、位置、尺寸和/或形状来调节空气传导声波的输出特性。需要说明的是，本说明书实施例中的出口端的实际面积可以定义为出口端所在端面的面积大小，本说明书实施例中的入口端的实际面积可以定义为入口端所在端面的面积大小。这里的出口端所在端面的面积可以理解为振动可以通过空气穿过出口端的端面的面积。入口端所在端面的面积可以理解为振动可以通过空气穿过入口端的端面的面积。
在一些实施例中，可以通过调节振动板412和/或壳体420的刚度(例如，结构尺寸、材料弹性模量等)，调整骨传导声波的输出特性。在一些实施例中，可以通过调节振膜431的形状、弹性系数和阻尼来调节空气传导声波的输出特性。
继续参照图4，在一些实施例中，壳体420上可以设置与第一腔室423连通的至少一个泄压孔422。例如，泄压孔422可以设置在壳体420的第一壳体的侧壁上。第一腔室423可以通过泄压孔422与声学输出装置400的外部连通。在一些实施例中，泄压孔422和出声孔421可以设置在壳体420的不同侧壁上。在一些实施例中，泄压孔422和出声孔421可以设置在壳体420的不相邻的不同侧壁上，例如，彼此基本平行的侧壁。在一些实施例中，泄压孔422可以是通孔，该通孔可以便于壳体420的第一腔室423和声学输出装置400外部的压力平衡。在一些实施例中，磁路系统411相对于壳体420的振动可以增加或减小第一腔室423中的压力。泄压孔422可以通过促进第一腔室423和外部的连通来调节第一腔室423中的压力，从而保持壳体420和磁路系统411(和/或振膜431)之间的相互运动，以及确保壳体420的正常振动。在一些实施例中，泄压 孔422可以有助于调节气传导声学组件的频率响应(例如，低频段的频率响应)，以达到进一步减少声音泄漏的效果。可以理解的是，磁路系统411相对于壳体420的振动可以在第一腔室423中引起空气振动。第一腔室423中的空气振动产生的空气传导声波可以通过泄压孔422传递到声学输出装置400外部，从而产生声音泄漏。在一些实施例中，可以设计泄压孔422的尺寸、结构、声阻、形状等参数调节气传导声学组件的频率响应，以减少或抑制漏音。在一些实施例中，泄压孔422处可以设置声阻网(未示出)，以降低上述谐振峰的强度，从而减小由第一腔室423形成的结构处和泄压孔422形成的结构处的频率响应，以达到进一步减少声音泄漏的效果。在一些实施例中，泄压孔422的数量可以是一个或多个，泄压孔422的位置也可以设置在对应于第一腔室423的侧壁的任何位置，在此不做限定。
在一些实施例中，泄压孔的数量可以为多个。仅作为示例性说明，至少一个泄压孔可以包括第一泄压孔和第二泄压孔，第一泄压孔相较于第二泄压孔远离出声孔421设置，第一泄压孔的出口端的有效面积大于第二泄压孔的出口端的有效面积。这里的有效面积以及下文所引入的某特定通道(例如，导声通道等)或者开孔(例如，出声孔、调声孔、连通孔等)的有效面积可以定义为其实际面积与所盖设的声阻网的孔隙率的乘积，即空气可以从开口穿透过的面积。例如，当泄压孔的出口端盖设有声阻网时，泄压孔的出口端的有效面积则为泄压孔的出口端的实际面积与盖设的声阻网的孔隙率的乘积。又例如，当泄压孔的出口端未盖设有声阻网时，泄压孔的出口端的有效面积则为泄压孔的出口端的实际面积。类似地，后文中提及的导声通道、调声孔等通孔的出口端的有效面积也可以分别定义为实际面积与相应的孔隙率的乘积，在此不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，出声孔421和第一泄压孔可以分别位于骨传导声学组件410的相对两侧。在一些实施例中，声学输出装置400的壳体420可以包括位于骨传导声学组件410的相对两侧的第一侧壁和第二侧壁以及连接所述第一侧壁和所述第二侧壁且彼此间隔的第三侧壁和第四侧壁，出声孔421和第一泄压孔可以分别设于第一侧壁和第二侧壁，第二泄压孔可以设于第三侧壁或者第四侧壁。在一些实施例中，至少一个泄压孔还可以包括第三泄压孔，第二泄压孔的出口端的有效面积大于第三泄压孔的出口端的有效面积，第二泄压孔和第三泄压孔分别设于第三侧壁和第四侧壁。在一些实施例中，第一泄压孔的出口端的实际面积大于第二泄压孔的出口端的实际面积，第二泄压孔的出口端的实际面积大于第三泄压孔的出口端的实际面积。
在一些实施例中，振膜431可以不与骨传导声学组件410连接，振膜431的周 侧直接与壳体420内壁物理连接，进而将壳体420内部的腔室分隔为第一腔室423和第二腔室424。在一些实施例中，振膜431的数量可以为多个，例如，两个或三个，多个振膜可以与骨传导声学组件410的磁路系统411物理连接，将壳体420内部的腔室分隔为第一腔室423和第二腔室424。关于振膜431为两个时的情况可以参考图20B和图20C，在此不做赘述。
图6是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的声学输出装置示意图。声学输出装置600可以与图4中的声学输出装置400相同或类似。例如，声学输出装置600可以包括骨传导声学组件610、壳体620和气传导声学组件。作为另一示例，骨传导声学组件610可以包括磁路系统611、一个或多个振动板612和音圈613。气传导组件可以包括振膜631。在一些实施例中，出声孔621可以设置在壳体620上并与第二腔室624连通，泄压孔622可以设置在壳体620上并与第一腔室623连通。关于声学输出装置600中的组件的更多描述可以在本申请的其他地方找到，例如，图4及其相关描述。
如图6所示，与声学输出装置400不同，声学输出装置600还可以包括与壳体620连接的导声部件640。导声部件640设置有导声通道，导声通道可以耦合到出声孔621并与出声孔621连通。在一些实施例中，导声通道可以用于向声学输出装置600的外部引导空气传导声波。在一些实施例中，导声部件640也可以用于改变前述空气传导声波的传播途径和/或方向，进而改变空气传导声波的指向性。在一些实施例中，导声部件640还可以用于缩短出声孔621与人耳之间的距离，进而增加空气传导声波的强度。当用户佩戴声学输出装置600时，导声部件640的导声通道远离出声孔621的末端可以面向用户的耳朵。除此之外，导声部件640还可以使得空气传导声波从声学输出装置600的实际输出位置更加背离壳体620的底璧(即与壳体620上与皮肤接触区域相对的后端面(例如，第二腔室624对应的壳体620的端面))，以改善该底璧处可能的漏音对出声孔621处声音造成的反相相消。如此，以在用户佩戴声学输出装置600时，用户能够更好地听到空气传导声波。
在一些实施例中，为了保证音质，声学输出装置600的频响曲线应在较宽的频段上都比较平坦，也就是说需要谐振峰尽量处在更高频的位置。其中，经出声孔621输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线具有谐振峰，该谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以大于或者等于1kHz。优选地，峰值谐振频率可以大于或者等于2kHz，使得声学输出装置600具有较好的语音输出效果。更优选地，峰值谐振频率可以大于或者等于3.5kHz，使得声学输出装置600有较好的音乐输出效果。进一步优选地，峰值谐 振频率还可以大于或者等于4.5kHz。
为了提高声学输出装置600的峰值谐振频率，在一些实施例中，导声通道通过出声孔621与第二腔室624连通，可以构成亥姆霍兹共振腔体结构。亥姆霍兹共振腔体结构的谐振频率f与第二腔室624和导声通道的结构参数可以满足关系式(2)：
f∝[S/(VL+1.7VR)]1/2，(2)
其中，V表示第二腔室624的体积、S表示导声通道的截面积、R表示导声通道的等效半径、L表示导声通道的长度。等效半径是指导声通道的形状为近似圆形或非圆形时与导声通道的面积相同的圆形的半径。基于关系式(2)可知，在第二腔室624的体积一定的情况下，增加导声通道的截面积和/或减小导声通道的长度可以增加谐振频率，进而使得空气传导声波可以往高频移动。
在一些实施例中，导声通道的长度可以小于或者等于7mm。在一些实施例中，导声通道的长度可以小于或者等于6mm。优选地，导声通道的长度可以介于2mm-5mm之间。
在一些实施例中，沿骨传导声学组件610的振动方向上，导声通道的出口端到壳体620背离皮肤接触区域的内壁(顶壁的内表面)之间的距离可以大于或者等于3mm，从而可以避免壳体620的底壁(即，第二腔室624对应的壳体620的端面)所产生的漏音对导声通道的出口端的空气传导声波的反相相消。
在一些实施例中，导声通道的横截面积可以大于或者等于4.8mm 2。优选地，导声通道的横截面积可以大于或者等于8mm 2。在一些实施例中，导声通道的横截面积可以沿着延伸方向(也即空气传导声波的传输方向(即，在远离出声孔621的方向上))逐渐增大，使得导声通道可以设置呈喇叭状，以便于导引空气传导声波。在一些实施例中，导声通道的入口端的横截面积可以大于或者等于10mm 2。在一些实施例中，导声通道的出口端的横截面积可以大于或者等于15mm 2。在一些实施例中，导声通道的长度可以为2.5mm，导声通道的入口端和出口端的横截面积可以分别为15mm 2和25.3mm 2。在一些实施例中，导声通道的体积与第二腔室624的体积之间的比值可以介于0.05-0.9之间。其中，第二腔室624的体积可以小于或者等于400mm 3。优选地，第二腔室624的体积可以介于200mm 3-400mm 3之间。进一步地，第二腔室624的体积可以为350mm 3。关于导声部件的详细描述可以参照图7A-7E。
图7A是根据本申请一些实施例所示导声部件的示例性结构图。图7B是根据本申请一些实施例所示导声部件的示例性结构图。图7C是根据本申请一些实施例所示导 声部件的示例性结构图。图7D是根据本申请一些实施例所示导声部件的示例性结构图。图7E是根据本申请一些实施例所示导声部件的示例性结构图。结合图7A至7E，分别示意出了导声部件的各种结构变形，他们之间的主要区别在于导声通道741的具体结构。在一些实施例中，如图7A至7C所示，导声通道741可以为弯折式设置。在一些实施例中，如图7D和7E所示，导声通道741可以为直通式设置。参照图7A至7E所示，空气传导声波(例如，频率响应、传递路径)会随着导声通道741的结构差异而存在一定的区别。需要说明的是，弯折式设置的导声通道741可以图7A至7C所示的直线弯折(例如，直角式弯折)。在一些实施例中，弯折式设置的导声通道也可以是曲线弯折，例如，弧形弯折等。
在一些实施例中，如图7A所示，导声通道741的出声方向可以指向用户的脸部，并能够增大导声通道741的出口端到壳体720的后端面的距离，进而优化上述空气传导声波的指向性和强度。具体地，导声通道741的出口端在图7A所示的导声通道741顶端(图7中b处所在的端面)，当用户佩戴声学输出装置时，导声通道741的顶端指向用户的脸部。在一些实施例中，如图7B所示，导声通道741的出声方向可以指向用户的耳廓，使得上述空气传导声波更容易被耳廓收集进入耳道，进而优化前述空气传导声波的强度。具体地，导声通道741的出口端在图7B所示的导声通道741背离壳体720的侧壁处，当用户佩戴声学输出装置时，导声通道741的出口端可以指向用户的耳廓。在一些实施例中，如图7C所示，导声通道741的出声方向也可以指向用户的耳道，从而优化前述空气传导声波的强度。在一些实施例中，导声通道741的出口端可以采用斜出口方式，图7C中导声通道出口端斜出口的设置方式相对于图7A中导声通道出口端的设置方式可以增大导声通道741的横截面积，进而有利于上述空气传导声波的输出。这里的斜出口是指导声通道741的出口端相对于导声通道741的宽度方向(图7C所示的导声通道的水平方向)具有一定夹角(该夹角大于0)。当用户佩戴图7C所示的声学输出装置时，导声通道741的出口端可以指向用户的耳道处。
在一些实施例中，如图7D所示，导声通道741的壁面可以为平面，使得导声通道741在制作过程中便于出模。在一些实施例中，如图7E所示，导声通道741的壁面可以为曲面，从而有利于实现导声通道741与声学输出装置外部的空气之间的声阻抗匹配，进而有利于上述空气传导声波的输出。
需要说明的是，导声通道741的某一点的横截面积可以是指过该点对导声通道741进行截取时所能够截取到的最小面积。在一些实施例中，直通式导声通道可以是指 从导声通道的入口端和出口端中的任意一者可以观察到另一者的全部。例如，参照图7D和7E所示的直通式导声通道，导声通道741的长度可以采用如下方式计算：先确定导声通道741的入口端的几何中心(例如，点a)及其出口端的几何中心(例如，点b)；再将前述几何中心连接起来形成线段a-b，线段a-b的长度即可视为导声通道741的长度。在一些实施例中，弯折式导声通道可以是指从导声通道的入口端和出口端中的任意一者观察不到另一者或者仅可以观察到另一者的一部分。例如，参照图7A至7C所示的弯折式导声通道741，可以将弯折式导声通道划分成两个或者两个以上直通式子导引通道，并将直通式子导引通道的长度之和作为弯折式导声通道的长度。具体地，在图7A至7C中，进一步确定中间弯折处所在面的几何中心(例如，点c1、c2)，再将前述几何中心连接起来形成线段a-c1-b(或者a-c1-c2-b)，该线段的长度即可视为导声通道741的长度。
再参照图6，在一些实施例中，导声通道的出口端可以盖设有声阻网，声阻网可以用于调节经出声孔621输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波的声阻，以便于削弱空气传导声波在中高频段或者高频段的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率，使得频响曲线更加平滑。在一些实施例中，导声通道的出口端盖设的声阻网可以在一定程度上使得第二腔室624与声学输出装置600外部分隔开，从而增加声学输出装置600的防水防尘性能。其中，导声通道的出口端盖设的声阻网的声阻可以小于或者等于400MKS rayls。在一些实施例中，导声通道的出口端盖设的声阻网的声阻可以小于或等于350MKS rayls。在一些实施例中，导声通道的出口端盖设的声阻网的声阻可以小于或等于260MKS rayls。在一些实施例中，导声通道的出口端盖设的声阻网的声阻可以小于或等于150MKS rayls。在一些实施例中，声阻网的孔隙率可以大于或者等于7％。在一些实施例中，声阻网的孔隙率可以大于或者等于13％。在一些实施例中，声阻网的孔隙率可以大于或者等于18％。在一些实施例中，声阻网的孔隙尺寸可以大于或者等于10μm。在一些实施例中，声阻网的孔隙尺寸可以大于或者等于18μm。在一些实施例中，声阻网的孔隙尺寸可以大于或者等于25μm。
图8是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声阻网的俯视结构示意图。如图8所示，在一些实施例中，声阻网可以由纱网线编织而成，纱网线的参数(例如，线径、疏密程度等)可以影响声阻网的声阻。在一些实施例中，纵向间隔排列和横向间隔排列的多根纱网线中每四根彼此相交的纱网线可以围设形成一孔隙。每四根纱网线的中心线所围成的区域的面积可以定义为S1，每四根纱网线的内边缘实际所围成的区域(也即是孔隙) 的面积可以定义为S2，孔隙率可以定义为S2/S1。在一些实施例中，孔隙尺寸可以表示为纵向排列或者横向排列的任意相邻两根纱网线之间的间距，例如，孔隙的边长等。
进一步地，本申请中所引入的某特定通孔或者开口的有效面积可以定义为其实际面积与所盖设声阻网的孔隙率的乘积。例如：当导声通道741的出口端盖设有声阻网时，导声通道741的出口端的有效面积则为导声通道741的出口端的实际面积与声阻网的孔隙率的乘积；而当导声通道741的出口端未盖设有声阻网时，导声通道741的出口端的有效面积则为导声通道741的出口端的实际面积。类似地，后文中提及的泄压孔、调声孔等通孔的出口端的有效面积也可以分别定义为实际面积与相应的孔隙率的乘积，在此不再赘述。
用户除了听到骨传导声波之外，主要是听到经出声孔621及导声通道输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波，而不是经泄压孔622输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波。为了使用户听到的是声学输出装置600中经导声通道处输出的空气传导声波，在一些实施例中，导声通道的出口端的有效面积可以大于泄压孔622出口端的有效面积。
在一些实施例中，泄压孔622的大小可以影响第一腔室623排气的顺畅程度和振膜613振动的难易程度，进而影响经出声孔621输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波的声学表现力。因此，在导声通道的出口端的有效面积一定(例如，导声通道的出口端的实际面积和/或声阻网的孔隙率一定)的情况下，调节泄压孔622的出口端的有效面积(例如，泄压孔622的出口端的实际面积和/或其上盖设的声阻网的声阻)，可以使得经出声孔621输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波变化。在一些实施例中，随着泄压孔622的出口端的实际面积的增加，第一腔室623的排气愈发顺畅，低频段或者中低频段的峰值谐振强度增加。在一些实施例中，随着泄压孔622的出口端增设声阻网，第一腔室623的排气会受到影响，使得经出声孔621输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波在中低频(例如，100Hz-200Hz)处降低，中低频处的频响曲线相对平坦。在一些实施例中，泄压孔处的漏音可以随泄压孔的出口端的实际面积的增加和声阻网的声阻的增加而减弱。
例如，图9是根据本申请一些实施例所示的不同配置的声学输出装置在导声部件处的空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图。如图9中所示，频响曲线9-1是包括实际面积为31.57mm 2、未盖设有声阻网的泄压孔的声学输出装置在导声部件处的频响曲线，频响曲线9-2是包括实际面积为2.76mm 2、未盖设有声阻网的泄压孔的声学输出装置导 声部件处的频响曲线，频响曲线9-3是包括实际面积为2.76mm 2、盖设有声阻为1000MKS rayls、孔隙率为3％的声阻网的泄压孔的声学输出装置导声部件处的频响曲线。
如图9所示，频响曲线9-1所对应的频响曲线的泄压孔的实际面积最大，频响曲线9-1相对于频响曲线9-2和频响曲线9-3对应的低频段或者中低频段(例如，100Hz-200Hz)的峰值谐振强度(例如，98dB)也最大，随着泄压孔622的出口端的实际面积的增加，第一腔室623的排气愈发顺畅，低频段或者中低频段的峰值谐振强度增加。频响曲线9-3中所对应的声阻网的声阻最大，频响曲线9-3相对于频响曲线9-1和频响曲线9-2对应的低频段或者中低频段的峰值谐振强度最小，频响曲线9-3相对于频响曲线9-1和频响曲线9-2在低频段或者中低频段更加平坦，随着泄压孔622的出口端增设声阻网，第一腔室623的排气会受到影响，使得经出声孔621输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波在中低频(例如，100Hz-200Hz)处降低，中低频处的频响曲线相对平坦。
又例如，图10是根据本申请一些实施例所示的经出声孔处输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图。如图10中所示，频响曲线10-1是包括实际面积为2.76mm 2、未盖设有声阻网的泄压孔的声学输出装置出声孔处的频响曲线。频响曲线10-2是包括实际面积为31.57mm 2、盖设有声阻为145MKS rayls、孔隙率为14％的声阻网的泄压孔的声学输出装置导出声孔处的频响曲线。频响曲线10-3是包括实际面积为71.48mm 2、盖设有声阻为290MKS rayls、孔隙率为7％的声阻网的泄压孔的声学输出装置出声孔处的频响曲线。参照图10，频响曲线10-3所对应的频响曲线的泄压孔的实际面积最大，与之对应的声阻网的声阻也越大，以便于泄压孔的出口端的有效面积可以近似保持一致，使得与第一腔室连通的实际面积不同的各泄压孔处的排气通畅程度近似相同，进而使得具有不同实际面积的泄压孔的声学输出装置经出声孔输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线的平坦度在全频段近似一致。
又例如，图11是根据本申请一些实施例所示的经泄压孔处输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图。如图11中所示，频响曲线11-1是包括实际面积为2.76mm 2、未盖设有声阻网的泄压孔的声学输出装置泄压孔处的频响曲线。频响曲线11-2是包括实际面积为31.57mm 2、盖设有声阻为145MKS rayls、孔隙率为14％的声阻网的泄压孔的声学输出装置导泄压孔处的频响曲线。频响曲线11-3是包括实际面积为71.48mm 2、盖设有声阻为290MKS rayls、孔隙率为7％的声阻网的泄压孔的声学输出装置导泄压孔处的频响曲线。在一些实施例中，虽然具有不同泄压孔的声学输出 装置经出声孔输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线近似一致，但是经不同泄压孔输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线却是不一样的，也可以理解为，各泄压孔处的漏音不一样。参照图11，泄压孔的实际面积由大到小所对应的频响曲线依次是频响曲线11-3、频响曲线11-2、频响曲线11-1，对应的，频响曲线11-3、频响曲线11-2、频响曲线11-1所对应的频响曲线整体下移。通过图11可知，随着泄压孔的出口端的实际面积的增加和声阻网的声阻的增加，经泄压孔输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线整体下移。也可以理解为，泄压孔处的漏音强度可以随泄压孔的出口端的实际面积的增加和声阻网的声阻的增加而减弱。
例如，泄压孔尺寸可以较大，使得壳体的第一腔室的谐振峰值(赫姆霍兹谐振)可以对应于更高的频率，以这种方式，可以抑制从泄压孔传播的中低频处的声音泄漏。在一些实施例中，泄压孔的尺寸越大，声阻抗可以越小，泄压孔处产生的空气传导声波的声压值越小，可以降低泄压孔处的声音泄漏。在一些实施例中，在保证导声部件处空气传导声波的频响曲线大体不变的情况下，可以增加泄压孔的大小(即，实际面积)，和/或增加泄压孔上声阻网的声阻，以使得泄压孔处的漏音尽可能的小。在一些实施例中，在保证泄压孔的出口端的有效面积小于或者等于2.76mm 2的前提下，可以通过增加泄压孔的出口端的实际面积和声阻网的孔隙率来降低泄压孔处的漏音。
需要说明的是，由于壳体620的大小有限，使得单个的泄压孔622不可能太大。基于此，泄压孔622可以设置为至少一个或者至少两个，例如三个。
基于上述的详细描述，导声通道的出口端的有效面积可以大于每一个泄压孔622的出口端的有效面积，以便于用户听到经出声孔621输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波。其中，基于有效面积的定义，导声通道的出口端的实际面积可以大于每一个泄压孔622的出口端的实际面积。进一步地，导声通道的出口端的有效面积可以大于或者等于全部泄压孔622的出口端的有效面积之和。优选地，全部泄压孔622的出口端的有效面积之和与导声通道的出口端的有效面积之间的比值可以大于或者等于0.08。在一些实施例中，全部泄压孔622的出口端的有效面积之和与导声通道的出口端的有效面积之间的比值可以大于或者等于0.15。在一些实施例中，全部泄压孔622的出口端的有效面积之和与导声通道的出口端的有效面积之间的比值可以大于或者等于0.25。在一些实施例中，全部泄压孔622的出口端的有效面积之和与导声通道的出口端的有效面积之间的比值可以大于或者等于0.3。作为示例性说明，全面泄压孔622的出口端的有效面积可以大于或者等于2.5mm 2，以确保第一腔室623排气的顺畅，进而便 于改善经出声孔621输出至声学输出装置600外部的气导声的声学表现力，并降低泄压孔622处的漏音。
在一些实施例中，导声通道的出口端的实际面积可以大于或者等于4.8mm 2。优选地，导声通道的出口端的实际面积可以大于或者等于8mm 2。在一些实施例中，全部泄压孔622的出口端的实际面积之和可以大于或者等于2.6mm 2。在一些实施例中，全部泄压孔622的出口端的实际面积可以大于或者等于10mm 2。其中，当泄压孔622的数量为一个时，全部泄压孔622的出口端的实际面积之和也即是一个泄压孔114的出口端的实际面积。在一些实施例中，导声通道的出口端的实际面积可以为25.3mm 2；泄压孔622可以设置三个，例如，泄压孔622可以包括第一泄压孔、第二泄压孔、第三泄压孔，各泄压孔出口端的实际面积可以分别为11.4mm 2、8.4mm 2、5.8mm 2。
参照图6，在一些实施例中，壳体620可以设置有至少一个调声孔626，调声孔626可以用于减少声学输出装置600在运行过程中产生的驻波。具体地，气传导组件产生的空气传导声波(也被称为原始空气传导声波)可以与壳体620的底表面碰撞并且在传递过程中被壳体620的底表面反射。反射的空气传导声波和原始空气传导声波可以形成驻波，从而导致出声孔621处的声音输出的失真。在一些实施例中，通过将调声孔626布置在壳体620上，可以从调声孔626直接输出空气传导声波的一部分，防止部分反射的空气传导声波与原始的空气传导声波形成驻波。在一些实施例中，调声孔626可以位于不与出声孔621所在的壳体的侧壁相邻的侧壁上。在一些实施例中，调声孔626可以位于与出声孔621所在侧壁相邻的一个或多个侧壁上。例如，壳体620可以包括依次物理连接的至少四个侧壁。出声孔621可以设置在第一侧壁上，泄压孔622可以设置在不与第一侧壁相邻的第二侧壁上。第一侧壁和第二侧壁可以基本平行。调声孔626可以设置在第二侧壁、第三侧壁、第四侧壁等上。第三侧壁和第四侧壁可以与第一侧壁相邻。在一些实施例中，调声孔626的尺寸(例如，面积)可以为1mm 2-50mm 2。在一些实施例中，调声孔626的尺寸可以为5mm 2-30mm 2。在一些实施例中，调声孔626的尺寸可以为10mm 2-20mm 2。
在一些实施例中，调声孔626也可以位于与出声孔621所在的壳体侧壁相对的侧壁上，其中，调声孔626可以增加第二腔室624和/或第一腔室623中的空气的谐振频率。在一些实施例中，第二腔室624和第一腔室623中的空气的谐振频率可以是相同的。在一些实施例中，第二腔室624和/或第一腔室623中的空气的谐振频率可以等于或大于4000Hz，或者等于或大于5000Hz等。在一些实施例中，第二腔室624中的空 气的谐振频率可以在5500Hz-6000Hz的范围内，或者在4000Hz-6000Hz等范围内。在一些实施例中，第一腔室623中的空气的谐振频率可以在4500Hz-5000Hz的范围内，或者在4000Hz-5000Hz等范围内。
在一些实施例中，调声孔626可以是通孔。一个或多个调声孔626中的至少一个可以被声阻材料覆盖(例如，调谐棉)。在一些实施例中，声阻材料可以包括5MKS rays-500MKS rays的范围内的声阻，或者在10MKS rays-260MKS rays的范围内的声阻，或者在20MKS rays-200MKS rays的范围内的声阻等。
在一些实施例中，为了增加导声通道输出的声音的体积并减小调声孔626处的声音泄漏的体积，可以在调声孔626处提供阻尼结构(例如，阻尼网)。调声孔626处的阻尼结构可以被配置为改善声阻和调节(例如，降低)从调声孔626泄漏的声波的幅度。当调声孔626泄漏的声波的幅度和泄压孔622泄漏的声波幅度相同或近似相同时，调声孔626泄漏的声波和泄压孔622泄漏的声波可以相互抵消，此时可以减少声音泄漏，提高导声通道的声音输出量。需要说明的是，在一些实施例中，调声孔626的数量和泄压孔622的数量可以是相同或不同的。
在一些实施例中，至少一个调声孔626的数量可以为一个，例如，至少一个调声孔626可以包括第一调声孔，出声孔621和第一调声孔分别设于壳体620的第一侧壁和第二侧壁。在一些实施例中，至少一个调声孔626的数量可以为两个，例如，至少一个调声孔626还可以包括第二调声孔，第二调声孔可以设于壳体620的第三侧壁或者第四侧壁。
在一些实施例中，振膜631可以不与骨传导声学组件610连接，振膜631的周侧直接与壳体620内壁物理连接，进而将壳体620内部的腔室分隔为第一腔室623和第二腔室624。在一些实施例中，振膜631的数量可以为多个，例如，两个或三个，多个振膜可以与骨传导声学组件610的磁路系统611物理连接，将壳体620内部的腔室分隔为第一腔室623和第二腔室624。关于振膜631为两个时的情况可以参考图20B和图20C，在此不做赘述。
图12A是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置未设置调声孔时第二腔室的声压分布示意图。图12B是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置设置调声孔时第二腔室的声压分布示意图。在一些实施例中，导声通道通过出声孔可以与第二腔室连通，从而构成一个典型的亥姆霍兹共振腔体结构，并具有一个或多个谐振峰。在一些实施例中，可以研究亥姆霍兹共振腔体结构谐振时第二腔室中声压的分布情况。结合图 12A和图6，第二腔室624内可以形成一远离出声孔621的高压区(图12A中颜色较深的区域)和一靠近出声孔621的低压区(图12A中颜色较浅的区域)，其中，高压区是指第二腔室中声压较高的区域，低压区是指第二腔室中声压交底的区域。在一些实施例中，当亥姆霍兹共振腔体结构谐振时，可以认为第二腔室624内出现驻波。其中，驻波的波长与第二腔室624的尺寸相对应，例如，第二腔室624的尺寸越大，(即，低压区与高压区之间的距离越长)，驻波的波长越长，亥姆霍兹共振腔体结构的谐振频率越低。在一些实施例中，结合图12B，可以通过破坏高压区的方式，使得原本在高压区发生反射的声音无法反射，进而无法形成驻波。此时，当亥姆霍兹共振腔体结构谐振时，第二腔室624内的高压区会朝着靠近低压区的方向内移，使得驻波的波长变短，进而使得亥姆霍兹共振腔体结构的谐振频率得以提高。在一些实施例中，破坏高压区的方式可以包括但不限于在高压区设置与第二腔室624连通的通孔(即，调声孔626)等方式，例如，破坏高压区的方式可以是设置与声学输出装置600外部连通的管道等。
图13是根据本申请一些实施例所示的导声部件处空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图。如图13所示，频响曲线13-1是调声孔处于关闭状态时声学输出装置导声部件处的频响曲线。频响曲线13-2是调声孔的实际面积为1.7mm 2时声学输出装置导声部件处的频响曲线。频响曲线13-3是调声孔的实际面积为2.8mm 2时声学输出装置导声部件处的频响曲线。频响曲线13-4是调声孔的实际面积为28.44mm 2时声学输出装置导声部件处的频响曲线。结合图6，调声孔626可以设于第二腔室624内的高压区，使得调声孔626可以有效地破坏高压区。仅作为示例性说明，调声孔626可以设于壳体620与出声孔621及导声通道所在壳体620侧壁相对的侧壁上。参照图13，调声孔626的实际面积由大到小所对应的频响曲线依次是频响曲线13-4、频响曲线13-3、频响曲线13-2、频响曲线13-1，随着调声孔的出口端的实际面积的增加，导声部件处的空气传导声波的频响曲线整体下移，也就是说，在全频段，导声部件处出声端输出的空气传导声波的强度随调声孔出口端实际面积的增加而降低。在一些实施例中，经出声孔621输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线可以具有谐振峰。在调声孔626未盖设声阻网的情况下，调节调声孔626的出口端的实际面积，可以控制调声孔626对上述高压区的破坏程度，进而调节谐振峰的峰值谐振频率。
在一些实施例中，调声孔626的出口端的实际面积越大，调声孔626对上述高压区的破坏效果越明显，频响曲线中的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率也相对越高。在一些实施例中，调声孔626处于打开状态时的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率相较于调声孔626处于关闭 状态时的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移，且偏移量可以大于或者等于500Hz。优选地，前述偏移量大于或者等于1kHz。在一些实施例中，调声孔626处于打开状态时的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以大于或者等于2kHz，使得声学输出装置600具有较好的语音输出效果。优选地，峰值谐振频率可以大于或者等于3.5kHz。较为优选地，峰值谐振频率可以大于或者等于4.5kHz。需要说明的是，这里调声孔626处于打开状态可以是指壳体620上设有调声孔并且调声孔正常工作的情形。对应的，调声孔626处于关闭状态可以是指壳体620上未设有调声孔或者壳体620上设有调声孔但被封闭不能正常工作的情形。
需要说明的是，由于壳体620的大小有限，使得单个的调声孔626不能太大。基于此，调声孔626可以设置为至少一个，例如，前述调声孔626包括的第一调声孔、第二调声孔。在一些实施例中，调声孔626也可以于第二腔室624内的高压区与低压区之间的任一区域，在此不做限定。
在一些实施例中，参照图6和图10，由于第二腔室624增设调声孔626，使得一部分声音从调声孔626处泄露出去(即，在调声孔626处形成漏音)，导致经出声孔621输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线整体下移。因此，在一些实施例中，至少部分调声孔626的出口端可以盖设有声阻网，使得调声孔626在破坏第二腔室624内的高压区的同时尽可能地避免声音从调声孔626处泄露出去。
图14是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的导声部件处空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图。如图14所示，频响曲线14-1是未设置调声孔时声学输出装置导声部件处的频响曲线。频响曲线14-2是调声孔处未设置声阻网时声学输出装置导声部件处的频响曲线。频响曲线14-3是调声孔处盖设的声阻网的声阻为145MKS rayls时声学输出装置导声部件处的频响曲线。参照图14和图6，调声孔626的出口端增设声阻网，可以使得第二腔室624内在调声孔626处无显著的反射声波(即，无驻波)，进而使得第二腔室624内的高压区内移。在一些实施例中，调声孔626的出口端增设声阻网也可以在一定程度上避免声音从调声孔626处泄露出去，使得声音能够更多地经出声孔621输出至声学输出装置600外部。从图14中可以看出，频响曲线14-3的中低频段的峰值谐振强度相较于频响曲线14-2的中低频段的峰值谐振强度增强。
在一些实施例中，调声孔626的出口端增设声阻网可以使得频响曲线中低频段(例如，90Hz-200Hz)的峰值谐振强度明显增加，空气传导声波的音量增加。高频段(例如，500Hz-1000Hz)的峰值谐振强度有一定的减小，使得频响曲线在高频段更为 平坦，高频的音质更均衡。在一些实施例中，调节调声孔626的出口端的有效面积(例如，调声孔626的出口端的实际面积和/或其上盖设的声阻网的声阻)，可以使得经出声孔621输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波变化。
基于上述描述，在一些实施例中，第一调声孔的出口端的有效面积可以大于第二调声孔的出口端的有效面积。在一些实施例中，第一调声孔的出口端的实际面积可以大于第二调声孔的出口端的实际面积。在一些实施例中，第一调声孔的出口端的实际面积可以大于或者等于3.8mm 2，和/或第二调声孔的出口端的实际面积可以大于或者等于2.8mm 2。在一些实施例中，全部调声孔的出口端的有效面积之和可以大于或者等于1.5mm 2。在一些实施例中，第一调声孔和第二调声孔的出口端分别盖设有声阻网的孔隙率可以大于或者等于13％。在一些实施例中，第一调声孔和第二调声孔的出口端分别盖设有声阻网的孔隙率可以小于或者等于16％。
在一些实施例中，结合图6，分别经过泄压孔622和出声孔621输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波的相位可以相反，因此，泄压孔622可以远离出声孔621设置以避免分别经泄压孔622和出声孔621输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波相消干涉。例如，泄压孔622和出声孔621可以分别位于壳体620中相对的两侧壁上。在一些实施例中，对于调声孔626和出声孔621而言，出声孔621所在区域可以视作第二腔室624内的低压区，第二腔室624内距离出声孔621所在区域最远的区域可以视作第二腔室624内的高压区。在一些实施例中，调声孔626可以优选设置在第二腔室624内的高压区以破坏原有的高压区，并使之向低压区移动。
在一些实施例中，由于泄压孔622与第一腔室623连通，而调声孔626与第二腔室624连通，使得分别经泄压孔622和调声孔626输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波的相位可以相反，因此可以通过相消干涉的方式减小泄压孔622和调声孔626的漏音。在一些实施例中，至少部分泄压孔622与至少部分调声孔626可以分别相邻设置(例如，至少部分泄压孔622与至少部分调声孔626可以分别设置在壳体620的相邻两侧壁上)，从而使得经泄压孔622和调声孔626输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波可以相消干涉。在一些实施例中，为了更好地让泄压孔622和调声孔626的漏音相消干涉，泄压孔622和调声孔626之间的间隔距离可以尽可能的小。例如，在一些实施例中，相邻设置的泄压孔622和调声孔626之间的间隔距离可以小于或者等于2mm。具体地，相邻设置的泄压孔622和调声孔626的出口端的轮廓之间的最小距离可以小于或者等于2mm。
图15是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置漏音的频响曲线示意图。如图15所示，频响曲线15-1是具有第一峰值谐振频率f1为3500Hz和第二峰值谐振频率f2为5600Hz的漏音频响曲线。频响曲线15-2是具有第一峰值谐振频率f1为4500Hz和第二峰值谐振频率f2为5600Hz的漏音频响曲线。频响曲线15-3是具有第一峰值谐振频率f1为5000Hz和第二峰值谐振频率f2为5600Hz的漏音频响曲线。参照图15，经泄压孔622输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线可以具有第一谐振峰，对应第一峰值谐振频率f1；经调声孔926输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线具有第二谐振峰，对应二峰值谐振频率f2。第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率f1与第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率f2可以分别大于或者等于2kHz，且|f1-f2|/f1≤60％。在一些实施例中，随着第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率f1与第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率f2之间的差值逐渐减小，可以降低漏音的频带宽度越宽(即，频响曲线愈发相对平坦)，使得声学输出装置600的漏音减小，也可以理解为，分别经泄压孔622和调声孔626输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波相消干涉的效果越好。优选地，第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率f1与第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率f2可以分别大于或者等于3.5k，且|f1-f2|≤2kHz。基于此，可以使得分别经泄压孔622和调声孔626输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波尽可能在高频段(例如，2kHz-4kHz)相消干涉。
在一些实施例中，由于第一腔室623内设置有线圈支架等结构，使得第一腔室623内驻波的波长相对较长。调声孔626和出声孔621可以彼此破坏高压区，从而使得第二腔室624内驻波的波长相对较短。因此，第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以小于第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率。在一些实施例中，可以通过将第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移以靠近第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率，使得分别经泄压孔622和调声孔626输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波能够更好地相消干涉。在一些实施例中，基于亥姆霍兹共振腔体，相邻设置的泄压孔622和调声孔626中泄压孔622的出口端的有效面积可以大于调声孔626的出口端的有效面积。在一些实施例中，相邻设置的泄压孔622和调声孔626中泄压孔622的出口端的有效面积与调声孔626的出口端的有效面积之间的比值可以小于或者等于2。作为示例性说明，相邻设置的泄压孔622和调声孔626中泄压孔622的出口端的实际面积可以大于调声孔626的出口端的实际面积。在一些实施例中，相邻设置的泄压孔622和调声孔626的出口端还可以分别盖设有第一声阻网和第二声阻网，第一声阻网的孔隙率可以大于第二声阻网的孔隙率。
在一些实施例中，还可以通过调整导声部件640(图6中示出)的导声通道的 实际面积、有效面积或声阻来降低调声孔626的漏音。在一些实施例中，导声通道的出口端的有效面积可以大于全部壳体处与第二腔室连通的每一个调声孔的出口端的有效面积，以便于用户听到经出声孔输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波。在一些实施例中，导声通道的出口端的实际面积可以大于每一个调声孔的出口端的实际面积。在一些实施例中，导声通道的出口端的有效面积可以大于全部调声孔的出口端的有效面积之和。在一些实施例中，全部调声孔的出口端的有效面积之和与导声通道的出口端的有效面积之间的比值可以大于或者等于0.08。在一些实施例中，全部调声孔的出口端的有效面积之和与导声通道的出口端的有效面积之间的比值可以大于或者等于0.1。在一些实施例中，全部调声孔的出口端的有效面积之和与导声通道的出口端的有效面积之间的比值可以大于或者等于0.15。在一些实施例中，全部调声孔的出口端的有效面积之和可以大于或者等于1.5mm 2。其中，当调声孔的数量为一个时，全部调声孔的出口端的有效面积之和也即是一个调声孔的出口端的有效面积。如此，既可以使得经出声孔输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移，也可以降低调声孔处的漏音。
图16A是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的壳体的剖视图。图16B是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的剖视图。图16C是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的壳体的左视图。图16D是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的壳体的俯视图。其中，为了更直观的体现同一侧壁上可以设置不同类型的孔(例如，泄压孔和调声孔可以同时位于第一侧壁上)，图16A可以看作是第一腔室的剖视图，图16B可以看做是第二腔室的剖视图。
结合图16A-16D，壳体(例如，壳体620)可以包括位于骨传导声学组件(例如，骨传导声学组件610)的相对两侧的第一侧壁6231和第二侧壁6232，以及连接第一侧壁6231和第二侧壁6232且彼此间隔的第三侧壁6233和第四侧壁6234。在一些实施例中，第三侧壁6233和第四侧壁6234可以呈弧形设置，以使得壳体(例如，壳体620)整体呈跑道型设置。在一些实施例中，第一侧壁6231相较于第二侧壁6232可以更靠近用户耳朵，第三侧壁6233相较于第四侧壁6234可以更靠近声学输出装置600的固定组件(例如，耳挂等)。在一些实施例中，出声孔(例如，出声孔621)可以设于第一侧壁6231，以便于用户听到经出声孔(例如，出声孔621)及导声通道输出至声学输出装置(例如，声学装置600)外部的空气传导声波。在一些实施例中，第一泄压孔6221和第一调声孔6261可以分别设于第二侧壁6232，使之分别更远离出声孔(例如， 出声孔621)。在一些实施例中，第二泄压孔6222和第二调声孔6262可以分别设于第三侧壁6233与第四侧壁6234中一个，第三泄压孔6223可以设于第三侧壁6233与第四侧壁6234中另一个。
如图16A所示，泄压孔(例如，泄压孔622)可以包括第一泄压孔6221和第二泄压孔6222。其中，第一泄压孔6221相较于第二泄压孔6222可以远离出声孔621(图16B中示出)设置。此时，第一泄压孔6221的出口端的有效面积可以大于第二泄压孔6222的出口端的有效面积。如此，可以兼顾壳体(例如，壳体620)的大小与第一腔室(例如，第一腔室623)的排气需求，又可以使得排气量相对大的第一泄压孔6221尽可能地远离出声孔(例如，出声孔621)，进而减小泄压孔622处的漏音对出声孔(例如，出声孔621)处空气传导声波的影响。进一步地，泄压孔622还可以包括第三泄压孔6223，第一泄压孔6221相较于第三泄压孔6223也可以远离出声孔(例如，出声孔621)设置。其中，第二泄压孔6222的出口端的有效面积可以大于第三泄压孔6223的出口端的有效面积。作为示例性说明，出声孔(例如，出声孔621)和第一泄压孔6221可以位于骨传导声学组件610的相对两侧，而第二泄压孔6222和第三泄压孔6223可以相对设置，并可以位于出声孔621和第一泄压孔6221之间。
在一些实施例中，泄压孔(例如，泄压孔622)中至少部分的出口端可以盖设有声阻网，以便于调节泄压孔(例如，泄压孔622)的出口端的有效面积。其中，本实施例以泄压孔(例如，泄压孔622)的出口端分别盖设有相同声阻的声阻网为例进行示例性的说明。基于此，调节泄压孔(例如，泄压孔622)的出口端的实际面积即可得到相应的有效面积。例如，在一些实施例中，第一泄压孔6221的出口端的实际面积可以大于第二泄压孔6222的出口端的实际面积，第二泄压孔6222的出口端的实际面积可以大于第三泄压孔6223的出口端的实际面积。
如图16B所示，调声孔(例如，调声孔626)可以包括第一调声孔6261和第二调声孔6262。其中，第一调声孔6261相较于第二调声孔6262可以远离出声孔(例如，出声孔621)设置。在一些实施例中，第一调声孔6261的出口端的有效面积可以大于第二调声孔6262的出口端的有效面积，以便于破坏第二腔室624内的高压区。如此，可以兼顾壳体620的大小与调声孔626破坏第二腔室624的高压区的需求，并使得出声孔(例如，出声孔621)处空气传导声波的谐振频率尽可能的高，又可以使得破坏程度相对大的第一调声孔6261尽可能地远离出声孔(例如，出声孔621)。仅作为示例性说明，在一些实施例中，出声孔(例如，出声孔621)和第一调声孔6261可以位于骨传导 声学组件610的相对两侧，第二调声孔6262可以位于出声孔(例如，出声孔621)和第一调声孔6261之间。
在一些实施例中，调声孔(例如，调声孔626)中至少部分的出口端可以盖设有声阻网，以便于调节调声孔(例如，调声孔626)的出口端的有效面积。其中，本实施例以调声孔(例如，调声孔626)的出口端分别盖设有相同声阻的声阻网为例进行示例性的说明。基于此，调节调声孔(例如，调声孔626)的出口端的实际面积即可得到相应的有效面积。例如，在一些实施例中，第一调声孔6261的出口端的实际面积可以大于第二调声孔6262的出口端的实际面积。具体地，第一调声孔6261的出口端的实际面积可以大于或者等于3.8mm 2；和/或，第二调声孔6262的出口端的实际面积可以大于或者等于2.8mm 2。
在一些实施例中，结合图16C和图16D，第一泄压孔6221与第一调声孔6261可以相邻设置，第二泄压孔6222与第二调声孔6262也可以相邻设置。如此，可以使得分别经第一泄压孔6221和第一调声孔6261输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波能够相干相消，分别经第二泄压孔6222和第二调声孔6262输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波也能够相干相消。
在一些实施例，第一泄压孔6221的出口端的有效面积可以大于第一调声孔6261的出口端的有效面积，以使得经第一泄压孔6221输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的峰值谐振频率尽可能地向高频偏移，以尽可能地靠近经第一调声孔6261输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的峰值谐振频率，进而使得分别经第一泄压孔6221和第一调声孔6261输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波能够更好地相干相消。类似地，第二泄压孔6222的出口端的有效面积可以大于第二调声孔6262的出口端的有效面积，在此不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，与调声孔(例如，调声孔626)破坏第二腔室(例如，第二腔室624)内的高压区类似，第二泄压孔6222及第三泄压孔6223会破坏第一腔室(例如，第一腔室623)内的高压区，使得第一腔室(例如，第一腔室623)内驻波的波长减小，进而使得经第一泄压孔6221输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的峰值谐振频率能够向高频偏移，以与经第一调声孔6261输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波更好地相干相消。其中，上述偏移量可以大于或者等于500Hz，谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以大于或者等于2kHz。优选地，上述偏移量可以大于或者等于1kHz。类似地，经第二泄压孔6222输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的峰值谐振频率也能够向高频 偏移。简而言之，经与调声孔(例如，调声孔626)相邻设置的泄压孔622输出至声学输出装置600外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线具有谐振峰，与调声孔(例如，调声孔626)相邻设置的泄压孔(例如，泄压孔622)以外的其他(例如，泄压孔622)处于打开状态时的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率相较于其他泄压孔622处于关闭状态时的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移。其中，其他(例如，泄压孔622)处于打开状态时的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以大于或者等于2kHz。需要说明的是，这里泄压孔622处于打开状态可以是指壳体620上设有泄压孔并且泄压孔正常工作的情形。对应的，泄压孔622处于关闭状态可以是指壳体620上未设有泄压孔或者壳体620上设有泄压孔但被封闭不能正常工作的情形。
需要说明的是，上述关于一个或多个附加声学结构(例如，出声孔、导声通道、泄压孔、调声孔等)的数量、尺寸、形状和/或位置，本申请在此不做限定。在一些实施例中，可以根据声学输出装置的声音泄漏来优化一个或多个附加声学结构的数量、尺寸、形状和/或位置。在一些实施例中，优化方式可以根据本说明书提供的声学输出装置的频响曲线进行。此外，在本说明书中，骨传导声学组件和气传导声学组件和/或气传导声学组件和骨传导声学组件中的一个或多个部件的空间布置可以不受限制。例如，骨传导声学组件和气传导声学组件的空间布置可以根据实际需要而变化。作为示例性说明，气传导声学组件中的振膜在壳体中的位置、振膜的取向(例如，壳体前侧的方向)等可以根据实际需要而变化，在此不做限定。
图17是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的截面结构示意图。图18A是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置结构示意图。图18B是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置结构示意图。结合图17、图18A图18B所示，声学输出装置中的骨传导声学组件可以包括线圈支架1510、磁路组件1520、线圈组件和弹性件1540。在一些实施例中，弹性件1540可以包括弹簧片、弹簧、橡胶片、硅胶片等中的一种或多种。线圈支架1510和弹性件1540的中心区域可以与磁路组件1520物理连接，以将磁路组件1520悬挂在壳体1601内。在一些实施例中，声学输出装置可以包括振膜1503，振膜1503和壳体1601和/或磁路组件1520物理连接，并将壳体1601的内部分隔为第一腔室1610和第二腔室1620。在一些实施例中，线圈组件可以与线圈支架1510连接，磁路组件1520可以形成一磁间隙1550，线圈组件1530可以设置在第一腔室1610内并伸入磁间隙1550内。在一些实施例中，线圈组件上可以设有连通线圈组件的内部和外部的连通孔1606。在一些实施例中，线圈组件可以包括线圈1530和线圈支架1510，线 圈支架1510用于连接线圈1530与壳体1601，并使得线圈1530伸入磁间隙1550内，连通孔1606可以设于线圈支架1510。
在一些实施例中，磁路组件1520可以包括导磁体(例如，导磁罩1521)和磁体1522，两者配合形成一磁场。其中，导磁罩1521可以包括底板1523和侧板1524。底板1523和侧板1524可以是一体连接的结构。在一些实施例中，磁体1522可以设置在侧板1524内并固定在底板1523上，磁体1522背离底板1523的一侧可以通过连接件1525与弹性件1540的中间区域连接，并使得线圈1530伸入磁体1522与导磁罩1521之间的磁间隙1550内。需要说明的是，磁体1522可以是多个子磁体形成的磁体组。此外，磁体1522背离底板1523的一侧还可以设置导磁板(图中未标注)。
在一些实施例中，弹性件1540的周边区域与壳体1601连接，进而将磁路组件1520悬挂在壳体1601内，连通孔1606位于弹簧片1540背离皮肤接触区域的一侧。
在一些实施例中，线圈支架1510可以包括主体部1511和第一支架部1512，第一支架部1512的一端与主体部1511连接，线圈1530与第一支架部1512背离主体部1511的另一端连接，连通孔1606可以位于主体部1511与第一支架部1512之间的连接处。在一些实施例中，主体部1511可以与弹簧片1540的周边区域连接，主体部1511和弹簧片1540可以形成一体结构，例如，基于金属嵌件注塑工艺形成一体结构件。
在一些实施例中，线圈支架1510还可以包括与主体部1511连接的第二支架部1513，第二支架部1513环绕第一支架部1512，并与第一支架部1512同向地向主体部1511的侧向延伸。第二支架部1513和主体部1511可以一同与壳体1601连接，以增加线圈支架1510与壳体1601之间的连接强度。需要说明的是，第一支架部1512和/或第二支架部1513在线圈支架1510的周向方向上可以是连续的完整结构，以增加线圈支架1510的结构强度，也可以是局部不连续的结构，以避让其他结构件。
基于上述相关描述并参照图18A，当骨传导组件振动时，会带动第一腔室1610中的空气振动导致第一腔室1610中的压强变化，从而使第一腔室1610中的空气经由泄压孔1604排出。第一腔室1610中空气的排出需要绕过线圈组件，其路径可以如图18A的虚线箭头所示，导致第一腔室1610内驻波的波长相对较长，不利于经泄压孔1604输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移。在一些实施例中，线圈组件上开设的连通孔1606，可以使得第一腔室1610中空气在排出的过程中能够直接穿过线圈组件。结合图18B，线圈组件上开设连通孔1606可以增加第一腔室1610排气的效率，在一些实施例中，线圈组件上开设连通孔1606还可以减小第一腔室1610内 驻波的波长，进而使得经泄压孔1604输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移。
图19是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置设置连通孔前后泄压孔处空气传导声波的频响曲线对比示意图。如图19所示，虚线表示不设置连通孔(例如，连通孔1606)时泄压孔处空气传导声波的频响曲线。实线表示设置连通孔时泄压孔(例如，连通孔1606)处空气传导声波的频响曲线。结合图19、图18A、图18B，经壳体1601处与第一腔室1610连通的泄压孔1604输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线可以具有谐振峰，连通孔1606处于打开状态时(即，图19中实线表示的曲线)的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率相较于连通孔1215处于关闭状态时(即，图19中虚线表示的曲线)的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移，且偏移量可以大于或者等于500Hz。在一些实施例中，连通孔1606处于打开状态时的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以大于或者等于2kHz。需要说明的是，这里连通孔1215处于打开状态可以是指声学输出装置设有连通孔并且连通孔正常工作的情形。对应的，连通孔1215处于关闭状态可以是指声学输出装置中未设有连通孔或者声学输出装置上设有连通孔1215但被封闭不能正常工作的情形。
在一些实施例中，结合图17、图18A、图18B，线圈组件设置在第一腔室1610内，并伸入磁路组件1520的磁间隙1550内。线圈组件可以设置呈环状，并设有连通线圈组件的内部和外部的连通孔1606，缩短第一腔室1610中空气排出的路径。优选地，连通孔1606可以位于磁路组件1520的磁间隙1550的外部的部分线圈组件上。
在一些实施例中，结合图17、图18A、图18B，线圈组件可以包括线圈支架1510和与线圈支架1510连接的线圈1530，线圈支架1510用于将线圈1530固定在壳体1610上，并使得线圈1530伸入磁路系统1520的磁间隙1550内。其中，连通孔1606可以设于线圈支架1510。进一步地，连通孔1606可以位于弹性件1540背离皮肤接触区域的一侧，以缩短第一腔室1610中空气排出的路径。
参照图17，在一些实施例中，连通孔还可以位于第一支架部1511和第二支架部1512之间的连接处。在该实施例中，连通孔的数量可以为一个或多个，一个或多个连通孔可以沿线圈组件的环向间隔设置。在一些实施例中，每一个连通孔1606的横截面积可以大于或者等于2mm 2。仅作为示例性说明，与距离第一泄压孔最近的连通孔的横截面积可以大于或者等于3mm 2，分别与距离第二泄压孔最近和第三泄压孔最近的两个连通孔的横截面积可以大于或者等于2.5mm 2。
参照图17，在一些实施例中，振膜1503的一部分可以与磁路系统1520连接，另一部分可以与第二支架部1513背离主体部1511的另一端连接，进而与壳体1601连接。在一些实施例中，振膜1503可以包括振膜主体15031和补强环15035。图20A是根据本申请一些实施例所示的图17中的振膜1503的结构俯视图。结合图17和图20A，其中，振膜主体15031可以包括一体连接的第一连接部15032、褶皱部15033和第二连接部15034。第一连接部15032可以环绕骨传导声学组件，并与骨传导声学组件连接。第二连接部15034可以环绕设置在第一连接部15032的外围，并在骨传导声学组件的振动方向的垂直方向上与第一连接部15032间隔设置。褶皱部15033位于第一连接部15032与第二连接部15034之间的间隔区域内，并连接第一连接部15032和第二连接部15034。在一些实施例中，补强环15035可以与第二连接部15034连接，以使得第二连接部15034通过补强环15035与壳体1610连接，以增加振膜1503的边缘的结构强度，进而增加振膜1503与壳体1601之间的连接强度。
在一些实施例中，声学输出装置可以包括连通第一腔室1610和第二腔室1620的连通通道1560，连通通道1560可以破坏第一腔室1610和第二腔室1620内的高压区，提高谐振峰的峰值谐振频率，进而改善声学输出装置的音质和漏音。
参照图20A，连通通道1560可以包括设于振膜1503上的孔阵列15036，例如，孔阵列15036可以设于褶皱部15033。在一些实施例中，孔阵列15036中的至少部分孔和出声孔1602可以分别位于骨传导声学组件的相对两侧。在其他可代替实施例中，孔阵列15036还可以设于出声孔1602的两侧。在一些实施例中，孔阵列15036中每一个孔的实际面积可以介于0.01mm 2至0.04mm 2之间。
在一些实施例中，孔阵列15036还可以与调声孔1605配合，使得经出声孔1602输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波向高频偏移。
图20B是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的结构示意图。在一些实施例中，连通通道也可以包括设于骨传导声学组件的磁路组件1520的通孔1560，通孔1560可以贯穿磁路系统1520(例如，贯穿导磁罩1521的底璧)，使得声学输出装置的第一腔室1610和第二腔室1620连通。在一些实施例中，通孔1560的实际面积可以小于或者等于9mm 2。在一些实施例中，通孔1560的实际面积可以小于或等于7mm 2。在一些实施例中，通孔1560的实际面积可以小于或等于5mm 2。
图20C是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的结构示意图。图20C所示的声学输出装置与图20B所示的声学输出装置的结构大体上相似，二者的区别之处 在于，在一些实施例中，连通通道可以为设置在壳体1601的外部的连通管1580，连通管1580可以连通与第一腔室1610连通的泄压孔1604和与第二腔室1620连通的调声孔1605，使得第一腔室1610和第二腔室1620连通。在一些实施例中，连通管1580可以管状结构，管状结构的两端分别与泄压孔1604和调声孔1605连通。在一些实施例中，连通管1580还可以是相对于壳体1601独立或与壳体1601一体的另一立体结构，该立体结构内部具有空腔，该空腔与泄压孔1604和调声孔1605连通，进而实现第一腔室1610和第二腔室1620的连通。在一些实施例中，连通管1580内部还设有至少一个声阻网1590，该声阻网1590可以位于壳体1601中同时具有泄压孔1603和调声孔1605的侧壁处或者位于泄压孔1603和调声孔1605处。关于图20B和图20C所示的声学输出装置的连通通道的原理与图20A中连通通道的原理近似相同，在此不做赘述。需要注意的还是，连通管1580的形状和位置并不限于图20C所示的位于壳体1601的一侧，可以根据泄压孔1604和调声孔1605的位置进行适应性调整。
经出声孔输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线可以具有谐振峰，谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以大于或者等于2kHz。在一些实施例中，连通通道处于打开状态时的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率相较于连通通道处于关闭状态时的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移，且偏移量可以大于或者等于500Hz。优选地，偏移量可以大于或者等于1kHz。在一些实施例中，随着谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移，声学输出装置的中低频段的漏音也在逐渐减小。例如，图21是根据本申请一些实施例所示的导声部件处空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图。图22是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的导声部件处空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图。如图21所示，频响曲线21-1表示不设置连通通道和调声孔的声学输出装置的导声部件处的频响曲线。频响曲线21-2表示设置连通通道且不设置调声孔的声学输出装置的导声部件处的频响曲线。频响曲线21-3表示设置连通通道和调声孔的声学输出装置的导声部件处的频响曲线。如图22所示，频响曲线22-1表示不设置连通通道和调声孔的声学输出装置的导声部件处的频响曲线。频响曲线22-2表示设置连通通道且不设置调声孔的声学输出装置的导声部件处的频响曲线。频响曲线22-3表示设置连通通道和调声孔的声学输出装置的导声部件处的频响曲线。
参照图21和图22，经出声孔输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波的频响曲线可以具有一谐振峰，谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以大于或者等于2kHz。在一些实施例中，连通通道处于打开状态时(例如，频响曲线21-2、频响曲线21-3)的谐振峰的峰值谐振频率相较于连通通道处于关闭状态时(例如，频响曲线21-1)的谐振峰的峰值谐 振频率向高频偏移，且偏移量可以大于或者等于500Hz。优选地，偏移量可以大于或者等于1kHz。在一些实施例中，随着谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移，声学输出装置的中低频段的漏音也在逐渐减小。需要说明的是，这里连通通道处于打开状态可以是指声学输出装置设有连通通道并且连通通道正常工作的情形。对应的，连通通道处于关闭状态可以是指声学输出装置中未设有连通通道或者声学输出装置上设有连通通道但被封闭不能正常工作的情形。
参照图20B，在一些实施例中，连通通道1560所定义的连通路径上可以设置有声阻网1570。结合图20B和图23，通过在连通通道1560所定义的连通路径上设置声阻网1570，经出声孔1602及导声通道输出至声学输出装置外部的空气传导声波中的高频峰可以被进一步削弱，使得频响曲线更为平坦，高频音质更为均衡。例如，图23是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的导声部件处空气传导声波的频响曲线示意图。如图23所示，频响曲线23-1表示不设置连通通道的声学输出装置的导声部件处的频响曲线。频响曲线23-2表示设置连通通道且连通通道处不盖设声阻网的声学输出装置的导声部件处的频响曲线。频响曲线23-3表示设置连通通道且连通通道处盖设的声阻网的声阻为45MKS rayls、孔隙率为18％的声学输出装置的导声部件处的频响曲线。频响曲线23-4表示设置连通通道且连通通道处盖设的声阻网的声阻为260MKS rayls、孔隙率为13％的声学输出装置的导声部件处的频响曲线。频响曲线23-4所对应的频响曲线相对于频响曲线23-3所对应的频响曲线更加平坦。在一些实施例中，连通通道所定义的连通路径上设置的声阻网的孔隙率可以小于或者等于18％，和/或孔隙尺寸可以小于或者等于51μm。
为了进一步对声学输出装置中的导声通道、泄压孔、调声通道的效果进行描述，仅以图24中所示的用户佩戴声学输出装置时的场景进行示例性说明。图24是根据本申请一些实施例所示的相对于声学输出装置的不同位置的示意图。参照图24，点P1，P2，P3和P4可以表示相对于声学输出装置的四个位置。当用户佩戴声学输出装置时，P1位于靠近用户皮肤的位置，P1也可以被称为声学输出装置的前侧；P3位于远离用户的皮肤的位置，P3也可以被称为声学输出装置的后侧，P2位于前述导声通道附近的位置，P4位于前述泄压孔附近的位置。
图25-29是根据本申请一些实施例所示的图24中不同位置声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线示意图。声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线可以是表示声学输出装置的声音泄漏的变化以及声音信号的频率的曲线。横轴可以表示输入到声学输出装置的声音信号的频率。 纵轴可以是位置处(例如，P1，P2，P3，P4)的声学输出装置的声音泄漏的体积。漏频响应曲线L1-L4，如图25-29所示，其分别表示声学输出装置的声音泄漏在图24的位置P1-P4随声音信号频率的变化。
如图25所示，包括导声通道和泄压孔的第一声学输出装置在图24的位置P1-P4处的漏频响应曲线分别为L1-L4，其中，导声通道和泄压孔设置在声学输出装置的壳体的两个相对的侧壁上。第一声学输出装置可以与图6中的声学输出装置600相同或类似。
如图26所示，包括导声通道和泄压孔的第二声学输出装置在图24的位置P1-P4处的漏频响应曲线分别为L1-L4，其中，导声通道和泄压孔设置在声学输出装置的壳体的两个相对的侧壁上。第二声学输出装置还包括至少一个调压孔，该调压孔设置在泄压孔所在的侧壁处。第二声学输出装置可以与图6中的声学输出装置600相同或类似。
如图27所示，包括导声通道和泄压孔的第三声学输出装置在图24的位置P1-P4处的漏频响应曲线分别为L1-L4，其中，导声通道和泄压孔设置在声学输出装置的壳体的两个相对的侧壁上。第三声学输出装置还包括至少一个调声孔，该调声孔设置在泄压孔所在的侧壁处。第三声输出装置可以与图6中的声学输出装置600相同或类似。与第二声学输出装置不同，第三声学输出装置的第二腔室的体积小于第二声学输出装置的第二腔室的体积。
如图28所示，包括导声通道和泄压孔的第四声学输出装置在图24的位置P1-P4处的漏频响应曲线分别为L1-L4，其中，导声通道和泄压孔设置在声学输出装置的壳体的两个相对的侧壁上。第四声输出装置还包括至少一个调声孔，该调声孔设置在泄压孔所在的侧壁处。第四声学输出装置可以与如图6中所述的声学输出装置600相同或类似。与第二声学输出装置不同，导声通道和泄压孔可以通过调声孔连通。也可以理解为，泄压孔和调声孔不是通孔。
如图29所示，包括导声通道和第一泄压孔的第五声学输出装置在图24的位置P1-P4处的漏频响应曲线分别为L1-L4，其中，导声通道和第一泄压孔设置在声学输出装置的壳体的两个相对的侧壁上。第四声学输出装置还包括至少一个调声孔，该调声孔设置在第一泄压孔所在的侧壁处。第四声学输出装置可以与如图6中所述的声学输出装置600相同或类似。导声通道和第一泄压孔通过调声孔连通。也可以理解为，第一泄压孔和调声孔不是通孔。与第四声学输出装置不同，第五声学输出装置还包括第二泄压孔，该第二泄压孔设置在第一泄压孔所在的侧壁处。第二泄压孔是通孔。
图30-33是根据本申请一些实施例所示的图24中相同位置不同声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线示意图。漏频响应曲线S1-S5如图30-33所示，其分别表示不同声学输出装置在图24的每个位置P1-P4处的声音泄漏随声音信号的频率的变化。如图30所示，图25-29中的第一声学输出装置、第二声学输出装置、第三声学输出装置、第四声学输出装置和第五声学输出装置在位置P1处的漏频响应曲线分别为S1-S5。如图31所示，图25-29中的第一声学输出装置、第二声学输出装置、第三声学输出装置、第四声学输出装置和第五声学输出装置在位置P2处的漏频响应曲线分别为S1-S5。如图32所示，图25-29中的第一声学输出装置、第二声学输出装置、第三声学输出装置、第四声学输出装置和第五声学输出装置在位置P3处的漏频响应曲线分别为S1-S5。如图33所示，图25-29中的第一声学输出装置、第二声学输出装置、第三声学输出装置、第四声学输出装置和第五声学输出装置在位置P4处的漏频响应曲线分别为S1-S5。
参照图25，不包括调声孔的第一声学输出装置在不同位置P1-P4的漏频响应曲线L1-L4中，尤其是前侧位置P1对应的漏频响应曲线L1和后侧位置P3对应的漏频响应曲线L3分别包括频率约为2000Hz的第一峰和频率约为2200Hz的第二峰。频率约为2000Hz的第一峰可以是由第一声学输出装置的第一腔室引起的，频率约为2200Hz处的第二峰可以是由第一声学输出装置的第二腔室引起的。参照图26，包括调声孔的第二声学输出装置在不同位置P1-P4的漏频响应曲线L1-L4中，尤其是前侧位置P1对应的漏频响应曲线L1和后侧位置P3对应的漏频响应曲线L3分别包括频率约为2000Hz的第一峰和频率约为4800Hz的第二峰。比较第一声学输出装置和第二声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线L1-L4，调声孔可以导致由第二腔室引起的第二峰朝向更高的频率移动。因此，调声孔可以增加第二腔室中的空气中的谐振频率(即，漏频响应曲线L1-L4的峰值对应频率)。如图30-33所示，通过将第一声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线S1与图30-33中的每一个第二声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线S2进行比较，第二声学输出装置在位置P2(即，导声通道周围的位置)处的声音泄露可以作为调声孔的声音泄漏，但是第二声学输出装置在其他位置(例如P1，P3和P4)的声音泄漏不会有明显改变。
参照图27，第三声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线L1-L4在不同位置P1-P4处包括第一峰和第二峰，其中，第三声学输出装置的第二腔室的体积小于第二声学输出装置第二腔室的体积。比较第二声学输出装置和第三声学输出的漏频响应曲线L1-L4，可以推断，相对于图27所示的较小的第二腔室体积，图26所示的由第二腔室导致的第二峰朝向更高的频率移动。如图30-33所示，通过将第二声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线S2与 第三声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线S3在P1、P2、P3和P4的每个位置处进行比较，第三声学输出装置在位置P1、P2、P3和P4的每个位置处的声音泄露不会随着第二腔室的体积而变化。
如图28所示，包括导声通道、泄压孔和调声孔连通的第四声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线L1-L4，可以包括频率约为700Hz的第一峰和频率超过1000Hz的第二峰。比较第四声学输出装置和第五声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线L1-L4，可以推断，图28中的第一峰朝向较低频率移动，这是第一腔室和第二腔室连通使得腔室积变大而导致的。如图30-33所示，通过比较第四声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线S4和第五声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线S5，第四声学输出装置在位置P2和P4的声音泄漏(即，导声通道和泄压孔的位置)明显下降，特别是在低中频。
参照图29，包括导声通道、第一泄压孔、第二泄压孔和连通的调压孔的第五声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线L1-L4，可以包括第一峰和第二峰。比较第二声学输出装置和第五声学输出的漏频响应曲线L1-L4，可以推断，图29中的第二峰朝向更高频率移动。如图30-33所示，比较第二声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线S2和第五声学输出装置的漏频响应曲线S5，相对于第二声学输出装置，第五声学输出装置的声音泄漏在位置P2(即，导声通道周围)不会发生明显变化，在位置P4(即，第二泄压孔周围)会明显降低。
上文已对基本概念做了描述，显然，对于本领域技术人员来说，上述详细披露仅仅作为示例，而并不构成对本申请的限定。虽然此处并没有明确说明，本领域技术人员可能会对本申请进行各种修改、改进和修正。该类修改、改进和修正在本申请中被建议，所以该类修改、改进、修正仍属于本申请示范实施例的精神和范围。
同时，本申请使用了特定词语来描述本申请的实施例。如“一个实施例”、“一实施例”、和/或“一些实施例”意指与本申请至少一个实施例相关的某一特征、结构或特点。因此，应强调并注意的是，本说明书中在不同位置两次或多次提及的“一实施例”或“一个实施例”或“一个替代性实施例”并不一定是指同一实施例。此外，本申请的一个或多个实施例中的某些特征、结构或特点可以进行适当的组合。
此外，本领域技术人员可以理解，本申请的各方面可以通过若干具有可专利性的种类或情况进行说明和描述，包括任何新的和有用的工序、机器、产品或物质的组合，或对他们的任何新的和有用的改进。相应地，本申请的各个方面可以完全由硬件执行、可以完全由软件(包括固件、常驻软件、微码等)执行、也可以由硬件和软件组合执行。 以上硬件或软件均可被称为“数据块”、“模块”、“引擎”、“单元”、“组件”或“系统”。此外，本申请的各方面可能表现为位于一个或多个计算机可读介质中的计算机产品，该产品包括计算机可读程序编码。
计算机存储介质可能包含一个内含有计算机程序编码的传播数据信号，例如在基带上或作为载波的一部分。该传播信号可能有多种表现形式，包括电磁形式、光形式等，或合适的组合形式。计算机存储介质可以是除计算机可读存储介质之外的任何计算机可读介质，该介质可以通过连接至一个指令执行系统、装置或设备以实现通讯、传播或传输供使用的程序。位于计算机存储介质上的程序编码可以通过任何合适的介质进行传播，包括无线电、电缆、光纤电缆、RF、或类似介质，或任何上述介质的组合。
此外，除非权利要求中明确说明，本申请所述处理元素和序列的顺序、数字字母的使用、或其他名称的使用，并非用于限定本申请流程和方法的顺序。尽管上述披露中通过各种示例讨论了一些目前认为有用的发明实施例，但应当理解的是，该类细节仅起到说明的目的，附加的权利要求并不仅限于披露的实施例，相反，权利要求旨在覆盖所有符合本申请实施例实质和范围的修正和等价组合。例如，虽然以上所描述的系统组件可以通过硬件设备实现，但是也可以只通过软件的解决方案得以实现，如在现有的服务器或移动设备上安装所描述的系统。
同理，应当注意的是，为了简化本申请披露的表述，从而帮助对一个或多个发明实施例的理解，前文对本申请实施例的描述中，有时会将多种特征归并至一个实施例、附图或对其的描述中。但是，这种披露方法并不意味着本申请对象所需要的特征比权利要求中提及的特征多。实际上，实施例的特征要少于上述披露的单个实施例的全部特征。
一些实施例中使用了描述成分、属性数量的数字，应当理解的是，此类用于实施例描述的数字，在一些示例中使用了修饰词“大约”、“近似”或“大体上”来修饰。除非另外说明，“大约”、“近似”或“大体上”表明所述数字允许有±20％的变化。相应地，在一些实施例中，说明书和权利要求中使用的数值参数均为近似值，该近似值根据个别实施例所需特点可以发生改变。在一些实施例中，数值参数应考虑规定的有效数位并采用一般位数保留的方法。尽管本申请一些实施例中用于确认其范围广度的数值域和参数为近似值，在具体实施例中，此类数值的设定在可行范围内尽可能精确。
针对本申请引用的每个专利、专利申请、专利申请公开物和其他材料，如文章、书籍、说明书、出版物、文档等，特此将其全部内容并入本申请作为参考。与本申请内容不一致或产生冲突的申请历史文件除外，对本申请权利要求最广范围有限制的文件 (当前或之后附加于本申请中的)也除外。需要说明的是，如果本申请附属材料中的描述、定义、和/或术语的使用与本申请所述内容有不一致或冲突的地方，以本申请的描述、定义和/或术语的使用为准。
最后，应当理解的是，本申请中所述实施例仅用以说明本申请实施例的原则。其他的变形也可能属于本申请的范围。因此，作为示例而非限制，本申请实施例的替代配置可视为与本申请的教导一致。相应地，本申请的实施例不仅限于本申请明确介绍和描述的实施例。

Claims (59)

  1. 一种声学输出装置，包括：
    骨传导声学组件，用于产生骨传导声波；
    气传导声学组件，用于产生空气传导声波；
    壳体，用于容纳所述骨传导声学组件以及气传导声学组件中的至少部分元件，所述壳体包括第一腔室以及第二腔室，所述第一腔室用于容纳所述骨传导声学组件的至少一部分，所述壳体设置与所述第二腔室连通的出声孔，所述空气传导声波经所述出声孔向所述声学输出装置外部传输；
    所述空气传导声波的频响曲线具有一个或多个谐振峰，所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于1kHz。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述气传导声学组件包括至少一个振膜，所述至少一个振膜与所述骨传导声学组件或所述壳体连接，所述气传导声波可以基于所述至少一个振膜或所述壳体的振动而产生。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述至少一个振膜将所述壳体的腔室分隔为所述第一腔室和所述第二腔室。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述壳体还设有与所述第一腔室连通的至少一个泄压孔。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述至少一个泄压孔包括第一泄压孔和第二泄压孔，所述第一泄压孔相较于所述第二泄压孔远离所述出声孔设置，所述第一泄压孔的出口端的有效面积大于所述第二泄压孔的出口端的有效面积。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述出声孔和所述第一泄压孔位于所述骨传导声学组件的相对两侧。
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述壳体包括位于所述骨传导声学组件的相对两侧的第一侧壁和第二侧壁以及连接所述第一侧壁和所述第二侧壁且彼此间隔的第三侧壁和第四侧壁，所述出声孔和所述第一泄压孔分别设于所述第一侧壁和所述第二侧壁，所述第二泄压孔设于所述第三侧壁或者所述第四侧壁。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述至少一个泄压孔还包括第三泄压孔，所述第二泄压孔的出口端的有效面积大于所述第三泄压孔的出口端的有效面积，所述第二泄压孔和所述第三泄压孔分别设于所述第三侧壁和所述第四侧壁。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述第一泄压孔的出口端的实际面积大于所述第二泄压孔的出口端的实际面积，所述第二泄压孔的出口端的实际面积大于所述第三泄压孔的出口端的实际面积。
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述壳体还设有与所述第二腔室连通的至少一个调声孔，所述至少一个调声孔处于打开状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率相较于所述至少一个调声孔处于关闭状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述向高频偏移的偏移量大于或者等于500Hz。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述向高频偏移的偏移量大于或者等于1kHz。
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述至少一个调声孔处于打 开状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于2kHz。
  14. 根据权利要求10所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，全部所述调声孔的出口端的有效面积之和大于或者等于1.5mm 2。
  15. 根据权利要求10所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述机芯壳体包括位于所述骨传导声学组件的相对两侧的第一侧壁和第二侧壁，所述至少一个调声孔包括第一调声孔，所述出声孔和所述第一调声孔分别设于所述第一侧壁和所述第二侧壁。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述壳体还包括连接所述第一侧壁和所述第二侧壁且彼此间隔的第三侧壁和第四侧壁，所述至少一个调声孔还包括第二调声孔，所述第二调声孔设于所述第三侧壁或者所述第四侧壁。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述第一调声孔的出口端的有效面积大于所述第二调声孔的出口端的有效面积。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述第一调声孔的出口端的实际面积大于所述第二调声孔的出口端的实际面积。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述第一调声孔的出口端的实际面积大于或者等于3.8mm 2；和/或，所述第二调声孔的出口端的实际面积大于或者等于2.8mm 2。
  20. 根据权利要求16所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述第一调声孔和所述第二调声孔的出口端分别盖设有声阻网，所述声阻网的孔隙率小于或者等于16％。
  21. 根据权利要求10所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述壳体设有与所述第一腔室连通的至少一个泄压孔，至少部分所述调声孔与至少部分所述至少一个泄压孔相邻设置，且相邻设置的调声孔以及泄压孔之间的间隔距离小于或者等于2mm。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述相邻设置的泄压孔和调声孔中的所述泄压孔的出口端的有效面积大于所述相邻设置的泄压孔和调声孔中的所述调声孔的出口端的有效面积。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述相邻设置的泄压孔和调声孔中的所述泄压孔的出口端的实际面积大于所述相邻设置的泄压孔和调声孔中的所述调声孔的出口端的实际面积；和/或，所述相邻设置的泄压孔和调声孔的出口端分别盖设有第一声阻网和第二声阻网，所述第一声阻网的孔隙率大于所述第二声阻网的孔隙率。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述相邻设置的泄压孔和调声孔中的所述泄压孔的出口端的有效面积与所述相邻设置的泄压孔和调声孔中的所述调声孔的出口端的有效面积之间的比值小于或者等于2。
  25. 根据权利要求21-24任一项所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，经所述至少一个泄压孔输出至所述声学输出装置外部的气导声的频响曲线具有第一谐振峰，经所述调声孔输出至所述声学输出装置外部的气导声的频响曲线具有第二谐振峰，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率与所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率分别大于或者等于2kHz。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率与所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率之差与所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率比值小于或等于60％。
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率与所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率分别大于或者等于3.5kHz。
  28. 根据权利要求25所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率与所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率之差小于或等于2kHz。
  29. 根据权利要求1所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，还包括与所述壳体连接的导声部件，所述导声部件设置有导声通道，所述导声通道与所述出声孔连通，并用于向所述声学装置的外部导引所述空气传导声波。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述导声通道的长度介于2mm至5mm之间。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述导声通道的横截面积大于或者等于4.8mm 2。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述导声通道的横截面积沿所述空气传导声波的传输方向逐渐增大。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述导声通道的入口端的横截面积大于或者等于10mm 2；或者，所述导声通道的出口端的横截面积大于或者等于15mm 2。
  34. 根据权利要求29所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述导声通道的体积与所述第二腔室的体积之间的比值介于0.05至0.9之间。
  35. 根据权利要求29所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，沿所述骨传导声学组件的振动方向，所述导声通道的出口端到所述壳体背离所述皮肤接触区域的内壁之间的距离大于或者等于3mm。
  36. 根据权利要求29所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述导声通道的出口端盖设有声阻网，所述声阻网的孔隙率大于或者等于13％。
  37. 根据权利要求29所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述壳体设有与所述第一腔室连通的泄压孔，所述导声通道的出口端的有效面积大于或者等于所述壳体处与所述第一腔室连通的全部所述泄压孔的出口端的有效面积之和。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，全部所述泄压孔的出口端的有效面积之和与所述导声通道的出口端的有效面积之间的比值大于或者等于0.15。
  39. 根据权利要求37所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述导声通道的出口端盖的声阻网的孔隙率大于或等于至少部分所述泄压孔的出口端盖处的声阻网的孔隙率。
  40. 根据权利要求29所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述壳体设有与所述第二腔室连通的调声孔，所述导声通道的出口端的有效面积大于所述调声孔中的每个调声孔的出口端的有效面积。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述导声通道的出口端的有效面积大于全部所述调声孔的出口端的有效面积之和。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，全部所述调声孔的出口端的有效面积之和与所述导声通道的出口端的有效面积之间的比值大于或者等于0.08。
  43. 根据权利要求40所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述导声通道的出口端盖的声阻网的孔隙率大于所述调声孔的出口端盖处的声阻网的孔隙率。
  44. 根据权利要求1所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述骨传导声学组件包括磁路系统和线圈组件，所述磁路系统形成磁间隙，所述线圈组件设置在所述第一腔室内，并伸入所述磁间隙内，所述线圈组件上设置有连通孔。
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述连通孔位于所述线圈组件位于所述磁间隙的外部的部分上。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述线圈组件包括线圈和线圈支架，所述线圈支架用于连接所述线圈与所述壳体，并使得所述线圈伸入所述磁间隙内，所述连通孔设于所述线圈支架。
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述骨传导声学组件还包括位于所述第一腔室的弹性件，所述弹性件的中心区域与所述磁路系统连接，所述弹性件的周边区域与所述壳体连接，进而将所述磁路系统悬挂在所述机芯壳体内。
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述线圈支架包括主体部和第一支架部，所述主体部与所述弹性件连接，所述第一支架部的一端与所述主体部连接，所述线圈与所述第一支架部背离所述主体部的另一端连接，所述连通孔位于所述主体部与所述第一支架部之间的连接处。
  49. 根据权利要求44所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述连通孔的数量为多个，且沿所述线圈组件的环向间隔设置。
  50. 根据权利要求49所述声学输出装置，其特征在于，每一个所述连通孔的横截面积大于或者等于2mm 2。
  51. 根据权利要求46所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述壳体设有与所述第一腔室连通的泄压孔，经所述泄压孔输出至所述声学输出装置外部的气导声的频响曲线具有谐振峰，所述连通孔的设置使所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于2kHz。
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述连通孔处于打开状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率相较于未设置所述连通孔时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移，且偏移量大于或者等于500HZ。
  53. 根据权利要求1所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，还包括连通所述第一腔室和所述第二腔室的连通通道，所述连通通道处于打开状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率相较于所述连通通道处于关闭状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移，且偏移量大于或者等于500Hz。
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，经所述出声孔输出至所述声学输出装置外部的气导声的频响曲线具有一谐振峰，所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于2kHz。
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述连通通道包括设于所述振膜的孔阵列，所述孔阵列中的至少部分孔和所述出声孔分别位于所述骨传导声学组件的相对两侧。
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述孔阵列中至少一个孔的 实际面积介于0.01mm 2至0.04mm 2之间。
  57. 根据权利要求53所述的声学输出装置，其特征在于，所述骨传导声学组件包括磁路系统和线圈组件，所述磁路系统形成一磁间隙，所述线圈组件设置在所述第一腔室内，并伸入所述磁间隙内，所述连通通道贯穿所述磁路系统使所述第一腔室和所述第二腔室连通。
  58. 根据权利要求53所述声学输出装置，其特征在于，所壳体还设有与所述第一腔室连通的泄压孔和与所述第二腔室连通的调声孔，所述连通通道设置在所述壳体的外部，并连通所述泄压孔和所述调声孔。
  59. 根据权利要求53所述声学输出装置，其特征在于，在所述连通通道所定义的连通路径上设置有声阻网，所述声阻网的孔隙率小于或者等于18％。
PCT/CN2021/095546 2021-04-09 2021-05-24 一种声学输出装置 Ceased WO2022213458A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023545345A JP7623509B2 (ja) 2021-04-09 2021-05-24 音響出力装置
KR1020237022666A KR20230117405A (ko) 2021-04-09 2021-05-24 음향출력장치
EP21935679.7A EP4228282A4 (en) 2021-04-09 2021-05-24 Acoustic output device
BR112023009993A BR112023009993A2 (pt) 2021-04-09 2021-05-24 Dispositivos de saída acústica
CN202180071072.3A CN116530097A (zh) 2021-04-09 2021-05-24 一种声学输出装置
US18/313,354 US20230276166A1 (en) 2021-04-09 2023-05-07 Acoustic output devices

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110383452.2 2021-04-09
CN202110383452.2A CN115209287B (zh) 2021-04-09 2021-04-09 一种耳机

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/313,354 Continuation US20230276166A1 (en) 2021-04-09 2023-05-07 Acoustic output devices

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022213458A1 true WO2022213458A1 (zh) 2022-10-13

Family

ID=83545032

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/095304 Ceased WO2022213456A1 (zh) 2021-04-09 2021-05-21 声学输出装置
PCT/CN2021/095546 Ceased WO2022213458A1 (zh) 2021-04-09 2021-05-24 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2021/095504 Ceased WO2022213457A1 (zh) 2021-04-09 2021-05-24 声学装置
PCT/CN2021/095996 Ceased WO2022213459A1 (zh) 2021-04-09 2021-05-26 声学输出装置

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/095304 Ceased WO2022213456A1 (zh) 2021-04-09 2021-05-21 声学输出装置

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/095504 Ceased WO2022213457A1 (zh) 2021-04-09 2021-05-24 声学装置
PCT/CN2021/095996 Ceased WO2022213459A1 (zh) 2021-04-09 2021-05-26 声学输出装置

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (7) US12495243B2 (zh)
EP (4) EP4224884A4 (zh)
JP (4) JP7787597B2 (zh)
KR (4) KR20230110593A (zh)
CN (5) CN115209287B (zh)
BR (3) BR112023009839A2 (zh)
MX (1) MX2023007459A (zh)
TW (2) TWI838711B (zh)
WO (4) WO2022213456A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4513891A4 (en) * 2023-01-16 2025-08-13 Shenzhen Shokz Co Ltd ACOUSTIC OUTPUT DEVICE

Families Citing this family (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI796724B (zh) 2021-07-09 2023-03-21 宏碁股份有限公司 揚聲器模組
USD1006782S1 (en) * 2021-12-31 2023-12-05 Klatre innovation Co., Ltd. Bone conduction earphone
USD1012887S1 (en) * 2022-03-29 2024-01-30 Suzhou Thor Electronic Technology Co., Ltd. Bone conduction headphone
JP1758867S (ja) * 2022-03-30 2023-12-05 骨伝導ヘッドホン
USD1025006S1 (en) * 2022-05-30 2024-04-30 Xiamen Mairdi Electronic Technology Co., Ltd. Bone conduction headset
USD1037203S1 (en) * 2022-08-24 2024-07-30 Shenzhen MoreinTech Co., Ltd Multifunctional bone conduction earphone
JP1741419S (ja) * 2022-09-30 2023-04-10 ヘッドホン
CN118525525A (zh) * 2022-10-28 2024-08-20 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种开放式耳机
JP1765470S (ja) * 2022-11-04 2024-03-12 回転型ホルダー付骨伝導ヘッドセット
USD1046812S1 (en) * 2022-12-12 2024-10-15 MerchSource, LLC Headphones
WO2024168645A1 (zh) * 2023-02-16 2024-08-22 瑞声光电科技(常州)有限公司 双面发声装置
JP1794748S (ja) * 2023-04-21 2025-03-31 骨伝導ヘッドホン
JP1788432S (ja) * 2023-04-23 2025-01-07 ヘッドホン
EP4607951A4 (en) * 2023-05-12 2026-03-18 Shenzhen Shokz Co Ltd Wearing component and earphone
USD1030701S1 (en) * 2023-05-17 2024-06-11 Dongguan Liesheng Electronic Co., Ltd. Headphone
CN116506776B (zh) * 2023-06-26 2023-10-31 苏州墨觉智能电子有限公司 一种骨气复合发声装置及可穿戴设备
CN116887157A (zh) * 2023-07-10 2023-10-13 复耳科技有限公司 一种声波迭加结合的助听耳机
US12470863B2 (en) * 2024-03-07 2025-11-11 xMEMS Labs, Inc. Wearable sound device and method for ventilation and acoustic tuning
CN121367848A (zh) * 2024-07-17 2026-01-20 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种开放式耳机
USD1058535S1 (en) * 2024-09-19 2025-01-21 Shenzhen Huanfang Technology Co., Ltd. Headphone

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN205793186U (zh) * 2016-05-31 2016-12-07 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种耳机
CN106303861A (zh) * 2014-01-06 2017-01-04 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种能够抑制漏音的骨传导扬声器
TW201820891A (zh) * 2016-10-26 2018-06-01 日商特摩柯日本股份有限公司 骨傳導喇叭
US20190174233A1 (en) * 2017-04-21 2019-06-06 Temco Japan Co., Ltd. Bone conduction speaker unit
CN111182426A (zh) * 2020-01-19 2020-05-19 深圳市创想听力技术有限公司 一种骨传导扬声器及复合型扬声器
US20200296526A1 (en) * 2019-03-12 2020-09-17 Em-Tech Co., Ltd. Bone Conduction Speaker
CN111954142A (zh) * 2020-08-29 2020-11-17 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种听力辅助装置
CN112383865A (zh) * 2020-12-11 2021-02-19 苏州索迩电子技术有限公司 一种骨传导发声装置的使用方法

Family Cites Families (58)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS59191996A (ja) * 1983-04-15 1984-10-31 Shigeru Tsutsumi 聴音器
JP2534415Y2 (ja) * 1990-08-31 1997-04-30 松下電器産業株式会社 インサイドホン
JP3067358B2 (ja) * 1991-12-25 2000-07-17 松下電器産業株式会社 スピーカ
JPH07115695A (ja) * 1993-10-15 1995-05-02 Sony Corp イヤホン装置
JP3992876B2 (ja) * 1998-05-08 2007-10-17 松下電器産業株式会社 スピーカ
CN2452234Y (zh) * 2000-11-18 2001-10-03 修翔凤 骨导气导兼用助听耳机
KR20050015290A (ko) * 2003-08-05 2005-02-21 류강수 기도 및 골도 스피커
KR100687208B1 (ko) * 2006-01-17 2007-02-26 주식회사 벨류텔 음향 및 진동발생용 마이크로스피커
US7756285B2 (en) * 2006-01-30 2010-07-13 Songbird Hearing, Inc. Hearing aid with tuned microphone cavity
JP2007288689A (ja) * 2006-04-19 2007-11-01 Pioneer Electronic Corp スピーカ用エッジ
KR101135396B1 (ko) * 2006-07-03 2012-04-17 아이필유(주) 다기능 초소형 스피커
WO2009023738A2 (en) * 2007-08-14 2009-02-19 Insound Medical, Inc. Combined microphone and receiver assembly for extended wear canal hearing devices
US8055003B2 (en) * 2008-04-01 2011-11-08 Apple Inc. Acoustic systems for electronic devices
US8126185B1 (en) * 2008-06-02 2012-02-28 Dai Xinwei Speaker assembly
JP4946976B2 (ja) * 2008-06-04 2012-06-06 コスモギア株式会社 骨伝導スピーカの取付構造及び該取付構造を備えた骨伝導スピーカ付き機器
CN103384355A (zh) 2012-05-03 2013-11-06 鸿富锦精密工业（深圳）有限公司 麦克风模组
CN101931837A (zh) * 2010-08-06 2010-12-29 深圳市雷富溢电子科技有限公司 一种骨传导和空气传导振子及其耳机
US8670586B1 (en) 2012-09-07 2014-03-11 Bose Corporation Combining and waterproofing headphone port exits
CN103079151A (zh) * 2012-12-25 2013-05-01 苏州恒听电子有限公司 一种新型骨导式受话器
CN103167390B (zh) * 2013-04-09 2017-04-19 苏州逸巛声学科技有限公司 具有气导作用的骨传导受话器
CN105612760A (zh) * 2014-06-26 2016-05-25 株式会社坦姆科日本 骨传导扬声器
CN204069258U (zh) * 2014-07-24 2014-12-31 东莞泉声电子有限公司 外磁式骨导受话器
JPWO2016103983A1 (ja) * 2014-12-24 2017-10-05 株式会社テムコジャパン 骨伝導ヘッドホン
EP3337185B1 (en) * 2015-08-13 2021-07-21 Shenzhen Voxtech Co., Ltd Bone conduction loudspeaker
CN105007551B (zh) * 2015-08-13 2017-04-19 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种改善骨传导耳机音质的方法及骨传导耳机
CN204993827U (zh) * 2015-09-09 2016-01-20 歌尔声学股份有限公司 一种扬声器模组
EP3160163B1 (en) * 2015-10-21 2020-07-01 Oticon Medical A/S Measurement apparatus for a bone conduction hearing device
JP6633953B2 (ja) * 2016-03-29 2020-01-22 株式会社オーディオテクニカ マイクロホン
WO2017168903A1 (ja) * 2016-03-29 2017-10-05 ソニー株式会社 音響再生装置
CN105959848B (zh) * 2016-05-13 2023-06-30 杨金粘 耳机震动器的制作工艺及其制得的耳机震动器
TWI648992B (zh) * 2016-09-30 2019-01-21 美律實業股份有限公司 抗噪耳機
CN108600922B (zh) * 2018-01-03 2020-07-14 歌尔股份有限公司 发声器件
US10555071B2 (en) * 2018-01-31 2020-02-04 Bose Corporation Eyeglass headphones
AU2019285890B2 (en) * 2018-06-15 2022-06-30 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd Bone conduction speaker and testing method therefor
CN108882126B (zh) * 2018-08-02 2020-07-14 瑞声科技(新加坡)有限公司 扬声器箱
CN208638564U (zh) * 2018-08-02 2019-03-22 瑞声科技(新加坡)有限公司 扬声器箱
CN108882125A (zh) 2018-08-02 2018-11-23 瑞声科技(新加坡)有限公司 扬声器箱
EP3637789B1 (en) * 2018-12-04 2023-04-05 Sonova AG Hearing device with acoustically connected chambers and operation method
CN117528315A (zh) * 2019-01-05 2024-02-06 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 骨传导扬声装置
CN109511043B (zh) 2019-01-05 2023-11-24 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导扬声器以及骨传导发声装置
CN117241182A (zh) * 2019-01-05 2023-12-15 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 骨传导扬声装置
KR102115387B1 (ko) 2019-06-14 2020-05-26 에스텍 주식회사 무빙 자기회로 타입 복합 스피커
WO2021000106A1 (zh) * 2019-06-29 2021-01-07 瑞声声学科技(深圳)有限公司 扬声器箱
KR20210018001A (ko) 2019-08-07 2021-02-17 박태수 골전도 장치
US11706552B2 (en) * 2019-09-02 2023-07-18 Bose Corporation Open audio device
CN110730410B (zh) * 2019-09-30 2025-05-06 东莞市赞歌声学科技有限公司 骨传导扬声器、骨传导耳机及骨传导助听器
CN110650407B (zh) * 2019-10-25 2024-08-27 广州市翡声声学科技有限公司 一种多级调音耳机及视听设备
CN111163394B (zh) * 2019-12-30 2025-12-02 歌尔科技有限公司 一种骨传导声学装置
CN211831105U (zh) 2020-03-23 2020-10-30 东莞市融贤实业有限公司 一种新型不入耳式耳机
CN114845229B (zh) * 2020-08-12 2025-09-05 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种发声装置
CN112437379B (zh) * 2020-11-13 2022-10-28 北京安声浩朗科技有限公司 入耳式耳机
CN112565964B (zh) * 2020-11-30 2022-11-15 歌尔科技有限公司 智能耳机及其控制系统、控制方法
CN112367596A (zh) * 2020-12-11 2021-02-12 苏州索迩电子技术有限公司 一种骨传导发声装置
CN112533100B (zh) * 2020-12-22 2025-07-25 深圳市星辰边界声学有限公司 一种双驱型发声结构和双功能耳机及其控制方法
CN214708013U (zh) * 2021-04-09 2021-11-12 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
CN214708017U (zh) 2021-04-09 2021-11-12 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
CN214708014U (zh) 2021-04-09 2021-11-12 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
CN214707999U (zh) 2021-04-09 2021-11-12 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106303861A (zh) * 2014-01-06 2017-01-04 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种能够抑制漏音的骨传导扬声器
CN205793186U (zh) * 2016-05-31 2016-12-07 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种耳机
TW201820891A (zh) * 2016-10-26 2018-06-01 日商特摩柯日本股份有限公司 骨傳導喇叭
US20190174233A1 (en) * 2017-04-21 2019-06-06 Temco Japan Co., Ltd. Bone conduction speaker unit
US20200296526A1 (en) * 2019-03-12 2020-09-17 Em-Tech Co., Ltd. Bone Conduction Speaker
CN111182426A (zh) * 2020-01-19 2020-05-19 深圳市创想听力技术有限公司 一种骨传导扬声器及复合型扬声器
CN111954142A (zh) * 2020-08-29 2020-11-17 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种听力辅助装置
CN112383865A (zh) * 2020-12-11 2021-02-19 苏州索迩电子技术有限公司 一种骨传导发声装置的使用方法

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4228282A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4513891A4 (en) * 2023-01-16 2025-08-13 Shenzhen Shokz Co Ltd ACOUSTIC OUTPUT DEVICE

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4213494A4 (en) 2024-05-01
US20230276178A1 (en) 2023-08-31
MX2023007459A (es) 2023-07-04
KR102714281B1 (ko) 2024-10-11
EP4228283A4 (en) 2024-03-27
EP4224884A1 (en) 2023-08-09
CN116325787A (zh) 2023-06-23
KR20230110593A (ko) 2023-07-24
CN115209287B (zh) 2025-03-07
US12495243B2 (en) 2025-12-09
JP2024505641A (ja) 2024-02-07
EP4228282A4 (en) 2024-05-01
WO2022213456A1 (zh) 2022-10-13
US20230254634A1 (en) 2023-08-10
EP4228283A1 (en) 2023-08-16
US12490018B2 (en) 2025-12-02
US20260067609A1 (en) 2026-03-05
EP4213494A1 (en) 2023-07-19
JP7623509B2 (ja) 2025-01-28
KR20230118640A (ko) 2023-08-11
JP2024502888A (ja) 2024-01-23
KR102724763B1 (ko) 2024-11-04
WO2022213459A1 (zh) 2022-10-13
JP2024502052A (ja) 2024-01-17
KR20230104247A (ko) 2023-07-07
US20230276166A1 (en) 2023-08-31
BR112023009839A2 (pt) 2023-11-07
US12483825B2 (en) 2025-11-25
JP2023552427A (ja) 2023-12-15
JP7787597B2 (ja) 2025-12-17
JP7585495B2 (ja) 2024-11-18
TW202316869A (zh) 2023-04-16
BR112023009993A2 (pt) 2023-10-17
CN116530097A (zh) 2023-08-01
US20260067610A1 (en) 2026-03-05
KR20230117405A (ko) 2023-08-08
BR112023010142A2 (pt) 2024-02-06
JP7623503B2 (ja) 2025-01-28
EP4224884A4 (en) 2024-05-01
US20260075356A1 (en) 2026-03-12
CN116325801A (zh) 2023-06-23
TWI832198B (zh) 2024-02-11
US20230319460A1 (en) 2023-10-05
WO2022213457A1 (zh) 2022-10-13
CN115209287A (zh) 2022-10-18
CN116325783A (zh) 2023-06-23
TWI838711B (zh) 2024-04-11
TW202241143A (zh) 2022-10-16
EP4228282A1 (en) 2023-08-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022213458A1 (zh) 一种声学输出装置
CN115066911B (zh) 声学输出设备
TW202306395A (zh) 聲學輸出裝置
WO2024164657A1 (zh) 声学输出装置、耳机及超线性多磁双振膜喇叭
RU2791721C1 (ru) Акустическое выходное устройство
CN210112228U (zh) 高中低频耳机
CN121464655A (zh) 一种耳机
CN121037732A (zh) 一种耳机
CN121037731A (zh) 一种耳机
CN121569496A (zh) 一种耳机

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21935679

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180071072.3

Country of ref document: CN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202317033921

Country of ref document: IN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021935679

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230511

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112023009993

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20237022666

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023545345

Country of ref document: JP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112023009993

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20230523

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE